|
|
|
/****************************************************************************
|
|
|
|
**
|
|
|
|
** Implementation of TQTable widget class
|
|
|
|
**
|
|
|
|
** Created : 000607
|
|
|
|
**
|
|
|
|
** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA. All rights reserved.
|
|
|
|
**
|
|
|
|
** This file is part of the table module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
|
|
|
|
**
|
|
|
|
** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
|
|
|
|
** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
|
|
|
|
** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
|
|
|
|
** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
|
|
|
|
** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
|
|
|
|
** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
|
|
|
|
** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
|
|
|
|
** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
|
|
|
|
**
|
|
|
|
** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
|
|
|
|
** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
|
|
|
|
** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
|
|
|
|
** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
|
|
|
|
** review the following information:
|
|
|
|
** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
|
|
|
|
** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
|
|
|
|
**
|
|
|
|
** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
|
|
|
|
** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
|
|
|
|
** included in the packaging of this file. Licensees holding valid TQt
|
|
|
|
** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
|
|
|
|
** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
|
|
|
|
**
|
|
|
|
** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
|
|
|
|
** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
|
|
|
|
** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
|
|
|
|
** herein.
|
|
|
|
**
|
|
|
|
**********************************************************************/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#include "ntqglobal.h"
|
|
|
|
#if defined(Q_CC_BOR)
|
|
|
|
// needed for qsort() because of a std namespace problem on Borland
|
|
|
|
#include "qplatformdefs.h"
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#include "ntqtable.h"
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifndef QT_NO_TABLE
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#include <ntqpainter.h>
|
|
|
|
#include <ntqlineedit.h>
|
|
|
|
#include <ntqcursor.h>
|
|
|
|
#include <ntqapplication.h>
|
|
|
|
#include <ntqtimer.h>
|
|
|
|
#include <ntqobjectlist.h>
|
|
|
|
#include <ntqiconset.h>
|
|
|
|
#include <ntqcombobox.h>
|
|
|
|
#include <ntqcheckbox.h>
|
|
|
|
#include <ntqdragobject.h>
|
|
|
|
#include <ntqevent.h>
|
|
|
|
#include <ntqlistbox.h>
|
|
|
|
#include <ntqstyle.h>
|
|
|
|
#include <ntqdatatable.h>
|
|
|
|
#include <ntqvalidator.h>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#include <stdlib.h>
|
|
|
|
#include <limits.h>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static bool qt_update_cell_widget = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
static bool qt_table_clipper_enabled = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
#ifndef QT_INTERNAL_TABLE
|
|
|
|
Q_EXPORT
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
void qt_set_table_clipper_enabled( bool enabled )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
qt_table_clipper_enabled = enabled;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
class TQM_EXPORT_TABLE TQTableHeader : public TQHeader
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
friend class TQTable;
|
|
|
|
Q_OBJECT
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
public:
|
|
|
|
enum SectionState {
|
|
|
|
Normal,
|
|
|
|
Bold,
|
|
|
|
Selected
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQTableHeader( int, TQTable *t, TQWidget* parent=0, const char* name=0 );
|
|
|
|
~TQTableHeader() {};
|
|
|
|
void addLabel( const TQString &s, int size );
|
|
|
|
void setLabel( int section, const TQString & s, int size = -1 );
|
|
|
|
void setLabel( int section, const TQIconSet & iconset, const TQString & s,
|
|
|
|
int size = -1 );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void setLabels(const TQStringList & labels);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void removeLabel( int section );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void setSectionState( int s, SectionState state );
|
|
|
|
void setSectionStateToAll( SectionState state );
|
|
|
|
SectionState sectionState( int s ) const;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int sectionSize( int section ) const;
|
|
|
|
int sectionPos( int section ) const;
|
|
|
|
int sectionAt( int section ) const;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void setSectionStretchable( int s, bool b );
|
|
|
|
bool isSectionStretchable( int s ) const;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void updateCache();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
signals:
|
|
|
|
void sectionSizeChanged( int s );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
protected:
|
|
|
|
void paintEvent( TQPaintEvent *e );
|
|
|
|
void paintSection( TQPainter *p, int index, const TQRect& fr );
|
|
|
|
void mousePressEvent( TQMouseEvent *e );
|
|
|
|
void mouseMoveEvent( TQMouseEvent *e );
|
|
|
|
void mouseReleaseEvent( TQMouseEvent *e );
|
|
|
|
void mouseDoubleClickEvent( TQMouseEvent *e );
|
|
|
|
void resizeEvent( TQResizeEvent *e );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
private slots:
|
|
|
|
void doAutoScroll();
|
|
|
|
void sectionWidthChanged( int col, int os, int ns );
|
|
|
|
void indexChanged( int sec, int oldIdx, int newIdx );
|
|
|
|
void updateStretches();
|
|
|
|
void updateWidgetStretches();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
private:
|
|
|
|
void updateSelections();
|
|
|
|
void saveStates();
|
|
|
|
void setCaching( bool b );
|
|
|
|
void swapSections( int oldIdx, int newIdx, bool swapTable = TRUE );
|
|
|
|
bool doSelection( TQMouseEvent *e );
|
|
|
|
void sectionLabelChanged( int section );
|
|
|
|
void resizeArrays( int n );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
private:
|
|
|
|
TQMemArray<int> states, oldStates;
|
|
|
|
TQMemArray<bool> stretchable;
|
|
|
|
TQMemArray<int> sectionSizes, sectionPoses;
|
|
|
|
bool mousePressed;
|
|
|
|
int pressPos, startPos, endPos;
|
|
|
|
TQTable *table;
|
|
|
|
TQTimer *autoScrollTimer;
|
|
|
|
TQWidget *line1, *line2;
|
|
|
|
bool caching;
|
|
|
|
int resizedSection;
|
|
|
|
bool isResizing;
|
|
|
|
int numStretches;
|
|
|
|
TQTimer *stretchTimer, *widgetStretchTimer;
|
|
|
|
TQTableHeaderPrivate *d;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef _WS_QWS_
|
|
|
|
# define NO_LINE_WIDGET
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
struct TQTablePrivate
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
TQTablePrivate() : hasRowSpan( FALSE ), hasColSpan( FALSE ),
|
|
|
|
inMenuMode( FALSE ), redirectMouseEvent( FALSE )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
hiddenRows.setAutoDelete( TRUE );
|
|
|
|
hiddenCols.setAutoDelete( TRUE );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
uint hasRowSpan : 1;
|
|
|
|
uint hasColSpan : 1;
|
|
|
|
uint inMenuMode : 1;
|
|
|
|
uint redirectMouseEvent : 1;
|
|
|
|
TQIntDict<int> hiddenRows, hiddenCols;
|
|
|
|
TQTimer *geomTimer;
|
|
|
|
int lastVisRow;
|
|
|
|
int lastVisCol;
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
struct TQTableHeaderPrivate
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
#ifdef NO_LINE_WIDGET
|
|
|
|
int oldLinePos;
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static bool isRowSelection( TQTable::SelectionMode selMode )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return selMode == TQTable::SingleRow || selMode == TQTable::MultiRow;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\class TQTableSelection
|
|
|
|
\brief The TQTableSelection class provides access to a selected area in a
|
|
|
|
TQTable.
|
|
|
|
\if defined(commercial)
|
|
|
|
It is part of the <a href="commercialeditions.html">TQt Enterprise Edition</a>.
|
|
|
|
\endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\ingroup advanced
|
|
|
|
\module table
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The selection is a rectangular set of cells in a TQTable. One of
|
|
|
|
the rectangle's cells is called the anchor cell; this is the cell
|
|
|
|
that was selected first. The init() function sets the anchor and
|
|
|
|
the selection rectangle to exactly this cell; the expandTo()
|
|
|
|
function expands the selection rectangle to include additional
|
|
|
|
cells.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
There are various access functions to find out about the area:
|
|
|
|
anchorRow() and anchorCol() return the anchor's position;
|
|
|
|
leftCol(), rightCol(), topRow() and bottomRow() return the
|
|
|
|
rectangle's four edges. All four are part of the selection.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A newly created TQTableSelection is inactive -- isActive() returns
|
|
|
|
FALSE. You must use init() and expandTo() to activate it.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa TQTable TQTable::addSelection() TQTable::selection()
|
|
|
|
TQTable::selectCells() TQTable::selectRow() TQTable::selectColumn()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Creates an inactive selection. Use init() and expandTo() to
|
|
|
|
activate it.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQTableSelection::TQTableSelection()
|
|
|
|
: active( FALSE ), inited( FALSE ), tRow( -1 ), lCol( -1 ),
|
|
|
|
bRow( -1 ), rCol( -1 ), aRow( -1 ), aCol( -1 )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Creates an active selection, starting at \a start_row and \a
|
|
|
|
start_col, ending at \a end_row and \a end_col.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQTableSelection::TQTableSelection( int start_row, int start_col, int end_row, int end_col )
|
|
|
|
: active( FALSE ), inited( FALSE ), tRow( -1 ), lCol( -1 ),
|
|
|
|
bRow( -1 ), rCol( -1 ), aRow( -1 ), aCol( -1 )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
init( start_row, start_col );
|
|
|
|
expandTo( end_row, end_col );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Sets the selection anchor to cell \a row, \a col and the selection
|
|
|
|
to only contain this cell. The selection is not active until
|
|
|
|
expandTo() is called.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To extend the selection to include additional cells, call
|
|
|
|
expandTo().
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa isActive()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTableSelection::init( int row, int col )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
aCol = lCol = rCol = col;
|
|
|
|
aRow = tRow = bRow = row;
|
|
|
|
active = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
inited = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Expands the selection to include cell \a row, \a col. The new
|
|
|
|
selection rectangle is the bounding rectangle of \a row, \a col
|
|
|
|
and the previous selection rectangle. After calling this function
|
|
|
|
the selection is active.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you haven't called init(), this function does nothing.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa init() isActive()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTableSelection::expandTo( int row, int col )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( !inited )
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
active = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( row < aRow ) {
|
|
|
|
tRow = row;
|
|
|
|
bRow = aRow;
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
tRow = aRow;
|
|
|
|
bRow = row;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( col < aCol ) {
|
|
|
|
lCol = col;
|
|
|
|
rCol = aCol;
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
lCol = aCol;
|
|
|
|
rCol = col;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Returns TRUE if \a s includes the same cells as the selection;
|
|
|
|
otherwise returns FALSE.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool TQTableSelection::operator==( const TQTableSelection &s ) const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return ( s.active == active &&
|
|
|
|
s.tRow == tRow && s.bRow == bRow &&
|
|
|
|
s.lCol == lCol && s.rCol == rCol );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn bool TQTableSelection::operator!=( const TQTableSelection &s ) const
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns TRUE if \a s does not include the same cells as the
|
|
|
|
selection; otherwise returns FALSE.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn int TQTableSelection::topRow() const
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns the top row of the selection.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa bottomRow() leftCol() rightCol()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn int TQTableSelection::bottomRow() const
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns the bottom row of the selection.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa topRow() leftCol() rightCol()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn int TQTableSelection::leftCol() const
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns the left column of the selection.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa topRow() bottomRow() rightCol()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn int TQTableSelection::rightCol() const
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns the right column of the selection.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa topRow() bottomRow() leftCol()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn int TQTableSelection::anchorRow() const
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns the anchor row of the selection.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa anchorCol() expandTo()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn int TQTableSelection::anchorCol() const
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns the anchor column of the selection.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa anchorRow() expandTo()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn int TQTableSelection::numRows() const
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns the number of rows in the selection.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa numCols()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
int TQTableSelection::numRows() const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return ( tRow < 0 ) ? 0 : bRow - tRow + 1;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Returns the number of columns in the selection.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa numRows()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
int TQTableSelection::numCols() const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return ( lCol < 0 ) ? 0 : rCol - lCol + 1;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn bool TQTableSelection::isActive() const
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns whether the selection is active or not. A selection is
|
|
|
|
active after init() \e and expandTo() have been called.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn bool TQTableSelection::isEmpty() const
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns whether the selection is empty or not.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa numRows(), numCols()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\class TQTableItem
|
|
|
|
\brief The TQTableItem class provides the cell content for TQTable cells.
|
|
|
|
\if defined(commercial)
|
|
|
|
It is part of the <a href="commercialeditions.html">TQt Enterprise Edition</a>.
|
|
|
|
\endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\ingroup advanced
|
|
|
|
\module table
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For many applications TQTableItems are ideal for presenting and
|
|
|
|
editing the contents of TQTable cells. In situations where you need
|
|
|
|
to create very large tables you may prefer an alternative approach
|
|
|
|
to using TQTableItems: see the notes on large tables.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A TQTableItem contains a cell's data, by default, a string and a
|
|
|
|
pixmap. The table item also holds the cell's display size and how
|
|
|
|
the data should be aligned. The table item specifies the cell's
|
|
|
|
\l EditType and the editor used for in-place editing (by default a
|
|
|
|
TQLineEdit). If you want checkboxes use \l{TQCheckTableItem}, and if
|
|
|
|
you want comboboxes use \l{TQComboTableItem}. The \l EditType (set
|
|
|
|
in the constructor) determines whether the cell's contents may be
|
|
|
|
edited.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If a pixmap is specified it is displayed to the left of any text.
|
|
|
|
You can change the text or pixmap with setText() and setPixmap()
|
|
|
|
respectively. For text you can use setWordWrap().
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
When sorting table items the key() function is used; by default
|
|
|
|
this returns the table item's text(). Reimplement key() to
|
|
|
|
customize how your table items will sort.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Table items are inserted into a table using TQTable::setItem(). If
|
|
|
|
you insert an item into a cell that already contains a table item
|
|
|
|
the original item will be deleted.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
|
|
\code
|
|
|
|
for ( int row = 0; row < table->numRows(); row++ ) {
|
|
|
|
for ( int col = 0; col < table->numCols(); col++ ) {
|
|
|
|
table->setItem( row, col,
|
|
|
|
new TQTableItem( table, TQTableItem::WhenCurrent, TQString::number( row * col ) ) );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
\endcode
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You can move a table item from one cell to another, in the same or
|
|
|
|
a different table, using TQTable::takeItem() and TQTable::setItem()
|
|
|
|
but see also TQTable::swapCells().
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Table items can be deleted with delete in the standard way; the
|
|
|
|
table and cell will be updated accordingly.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note, that if you have a table item that is not currently in a table
|
|
|
|
then anything you do to that item other than insert it into a table
|
|
|
|
will result in undefined behaviour.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reimplement createEditor() and setContentFromEditor() if you want
|
|
|
|
to use your own widget instead of a TQLineEdit for editing cell
|
|
|
|
contents. Reimplement paint() if you want to display custom
|
|
|
|
content.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
It is important to ensure that your custom widget can accept the
|
|
|
|
keyboard focus, so that the user can use the tab key to navigate the
|
|
|
|
table as normal. Therefore, if the widget returned by createEditor()
|
|
|
|
does not itself accept the keyboard focus, it is necessary to
|
|
|
|
nominate a child widget to do so on its behalf. For example, a
|
|
|
|
TQHBox with two child TQLineEdit widgets may use one of them to
|
|
|
|
accept the keyboard focus:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\code
|
|
|
|
TQWidget* MyTableItem::createEditor() const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
TQHBox* hbox = new TQHBox( table()->viewport() );
|
|
|
|
hbox->setFocusProxy(new TQLineEdit( hbox ));
|
|
|
|
new TQLineEdit( hbox );
|
|
|
|
return hbox;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
\endcode
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By default, table items may be replaced by new TQTableItems
|
|
|
|
during the lifetime of a TQTable. Therefore, if you create your
|
|
|
|
own subclass of TQTableItem, and you want to ensure that
|
|
|
|
this does not happen, you must call setReplaceable(FALSE)
|
|
|
|
in the constructor of your subclass.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\img qtableitems.png Table Items
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa TQCheckTableItem TQComboTableItem
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn TQTable *TQTableItem::table() const
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns the TQTable the table item belongs to.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa TQTable::setItem() TQTableItem()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\enum TQTableItem::EditType
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\target wheneditable
|
|
|
|
This enum is used to define whether a cell is editable or
|
|
|
|
read-only (in conjunction with other settings), and how the cell
|
|
|
|
should be displayed.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\value Always
|
|
|
|
The cell always \e looks editable.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Using this EditType ensures that the editor created with
|
|
|
|
createEditor() (by default a TQLineEdit) is always visible. This
|
|
|
|
has implications for the alignment of the content: the default
|
|
|
|
editor aligns everything (even numbers) to the left whilst
|
|
|
|
numerical values in the cell are by default aligned to the right.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If a cell with the edit type \c Always looks misaligned you could
|
|
|
|
reimplement createEditor() for these items.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\value WhenCurrent
|
|
|
|
The cell \e looks editable only when it has keyboard focus (see
|
|
|
|
TQTable::setCurrentCell()).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\value OnTyping
|
|
|
|
The cell \e looks editable only when the user types in it or
|
|
|
|
double-clicks it. It resembles the \c WhenCurrent functionality
|
|
|
|
but is, perhaps, nicer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The \c OnTyping edit type is the default when TQTableItem objects
|
|
|
|
are created by the convenience functions TQTable::setText() and
|
|
|
|
TQTable::setPixmap().
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\value Never The cell is not editable.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The cell is actually editable only if TQTable::isRowReadOnly() is
|
|
|
|
FALSE for its row, TQTable::isColumnReadOnly() is FALSE for its
|
|
|
|
column, and TQTable::isReadOnly() is FALSE.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQComboTableItems have an isEditable() property. This property is
|
|
|
|
used to indicate whether the user may enter their own text or are
|
|
|
|
restricted to choosing one of the choices in the list.
|
|
|
|
TQComboTableItems may be interacted with only if they are editable
|
|
|
|
in accordance with their EditType as described above.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Creates a table item that is a child of table \a table with no
|
|
|
|
text. The item has the \l EditType \a et.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The table item will use a TQLineEdit for its editor, will not
|
|
|
|
word-wrap and will occupy a single cell. Insert the table item
|
|
|
|
into a table with TQTable::setItem().
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The table takes ownership of the table item, so a table item
|
|
|
|
should not be inserted into more than one table at a time.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQTableItem::TQTableItem( TQTable *table, EditType et )
|
|
|
|
: txt(), pix(), t( table ), edType( et ), wordwrap( FALSE ),
|
|
|
|
tcha( TRUE ), rw( -1 ), cl( -1 ), rowspan( 1 ), colspan( 1 )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
enabled = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Creates a table item that is a child of table \a table with text
|
|
|
|
\a text. The item has the \l EditType \a et.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The table item will use a TQLineEdit for its editor, will not
|
|
|
|
word-wrap and will occupy a single cell. Insert the table item
|
|
|
|
into a table with TQTable::setItem().
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The table takes ownership of the table item, so a table item
|
|
|
|
should not be inserted into more than one table at a time.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQTableItem::TQTableItem( TQTable *table, EditType et, const TQString &text )
|
|
|
|
: txt( text ), pix(), t( table ), edType( et ), wordwrap( FALSE ),
|
|
|
|
tcha( TRUE ), rw( -1 ), cl( -1 ), rowspan( 1 ), colspan( 1 )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
enabled = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Creates a table item that is a child of table \a table with text
|
|
|
|
\a text and pixmap \a p. The item has the \l EditType \a et.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The table item will display the pixmap to the left of the text. It
|
|
|
|
will use a TQLineEdit for editing the text, will not word-wrap and
|
|
|
|
will occupy a single cell. Insert the table item into a table with
|
|
|
|
TQTable::setItem().
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The table takes ownership of the table item, so a table item
|
|
|
|
should not be inserted in more than one table at a time.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQTableItem::TQTableItem( TQTable *table, EditType et,
|
|
|
|
const TQString &text, const TQPixmap &p )
|
|
|
|
: txt( text ), pix( p ), t( table ), edType( et ), wordwrap( FALSE ),
|
|
|
|
tcha( TRUE ), rw( -1 ), cl( -1 ), rowspan( 1 ), colspan( 1 )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
enabled = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
The destructor deletes this item and frees all allocated
|
|
|
|
resources.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If the table item is in a table (i.e. was inserted with
|
|
|
|
setItem()), it will be removed from the table and the cell it
|
|
|
|
occupied.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQTableItem::~TQTableItem()
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( table() )
|
|
|
|
table()->takeItem( this );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int TQTableItem::RTTI = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Returns the Run Time Type Identification value for this table item
|
|
|
|
which for TQTableItems is 0.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
When you create subclasses based on TQTableItem make sure that each
|
|
|
|
subclass returns a unique rtti() value. It is advisable to use
|
|
|
|
values greater than 1000, preferably large random numbers, to
|
|
|
|
allow for extensions to this class.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa TQCheckTableItem::rtti() TQComboTableItem::rtti()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int TQTableItem::rtti() const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return RTTI;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Returns the table item's pixmap or a null pixmap if no pixmap has
|
|
|
|
been set.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa setPixmap() text()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQPixmap TQTableItem::pixmap() const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return pix;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Returns the text of the table item or TQString::null if there is no
|
|
|
|
text.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To ensure that the current value of the editor is returned,
|
|
|
|
setContentFromEditor() is called:
|
|
|
|
\list 1
|
|
|
|
\i if the editMode() is \c Always, or
|
|
|
|
\i if editMode() is \e not \c Always but the editor of the cell is
|
|
|
|
active and the editor is not a TQLineEdit.
|
|
|
|
\endlist
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This means that text() returns the original text value of the item
|
|
|
|
if the editor is a line edit, until the user commits an edit (e.g.
|
|
|
|
by pressing Enter or Tab) in which case the new text is returned.
|
|
|
|
For other editors (e.g. a combobox) setContentFromEditor() is
|
|
|
|
always called so the currently display value is the one returned.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa setText() pixmap()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQString TQTableItem::text() const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
TQWidget *w = table()->cellWidget( rw, cl );
|
|
|
|
if ( w && ( edType == Always ||
|
|
|
|
rtti() == TQComboTableItem::RTTI ||
|
|
|
|
rtti() == TQCheckTableItem::RTTI ) )
|
|
|
|
( (TQTableItem*)this )->setContentFromEditor( w );
|
|
|
|
return txt;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Sets pixmap \a p to be this item's pixmap.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note that setPixmap() does not update the cell the table item
|
|
|
|
belongs to. Use TQTable::updateCell() to repaint the cell's
|
|
|
|
contents.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For \l{TQComboTableItem}s and \l{TQCheckTableItem}s this function
|
|
|
|
has no visible effect.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa TQTable::setPixmap() pixmap() setText()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTableItem::setPixmap( const TQPixmap &p )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
pix = p;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Changes the table item's text to \a str.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note that setText() does not update the cell the table item
|
|
|
|
belongs to. Use TQTable::updateCell() to repaint the cell's
|
|
|
|
contents.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa TQTable::setText() text() setPixmap() TQTable::updateCell()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTableItem::setText( const TQString &str )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
txt = str;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
This virtual function is used to paint the contents of an item
|
|
|
|
using the painter \a p in the rectangular area \a cr using the
|
|
|
|
color group \a cg.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If \a selected is TRUE the cell is displayed in a way that
|
|
|
|
indicates that it is highlighted.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You don't usually need to use this function but if you want to
|
|
|
|
draw custom content in a cell you will need to reimplement it.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The painter passed to this function is translated so that 0, 0
|
|
|
|
is the top-left corner of the item that is being painted.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note that the painter is not clipped by default in order to get
|
|
|
|
maximum efficiency. If you want clipping, use
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\code
|
|
|
|
p->setClipRect( table()->cellRect(row, col), TQPainter::ClipPainter );
|
|
|
|
//... your drawing code
|
|
|
|
p->setClipping( FALSE );
|
|
|
|
\endcode
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTableItem::paint( TQPainter *p, const TQColorGroup &cg,
|
|
|
|
const TQRect &cr, bool selected )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
p->fillRect( 0, 0, cr.width(), cr.height(),
|
|
|
|
selected ? cg.brush( TQColorGroup::Highlight )
|
|
|
|
: cg.brush( TQColorGroup::Base ) );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int w = cr.width();
|
|
|
|
int h = cr.height();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int x = 0;
|
|
|
|
if ( !pix.isNull() ) {
|
|
|
|
p->drawPixmap( 0, ( cr.height() - pix.height() ) / 2, pix );
|
|
|
|
x = pix.width() + 2;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( selected )
|
|
|
|
p->setPen( cg.highlightedText() );
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
p->setPen( cg.text() );
|
|
|
|
p->drawText( x + 2, 0, w - x - 4, h,
|
|
|
|
wordwrap ? (alignment() | WordBreak) : alignment(), text() );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
This virtual function creates an editor which the user can
|
|
|
|
interact with to edit the cell's contents. The default
|
|
|
|
implementation creates a TQLineEdit.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If the function returns 0, the cell is read-only.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The returned widget should preferably be invisible, ideally with
|
|
|
|
TQTable::viewport() as parent.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you reimplement this function you'll almost certainly need to
|
|
|
|
reimplement setContentFromEditor(), and may need to reimplement
|
|
|
|
sizeHint().
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\quotefile table/statistics/statistics.cpp
|
|
|
|
\skipto createEditor
|
|
|
|
\printto }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa TQTable::createEditor() setContentFromEditor() TQTable::viewport() setReplaceable()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQWidget *TQTableItem::createEditor() const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
TQLineEdit *e = new TQLineEdit( table()->viewport(), "qt_tableeditor" );
|
|
|
|
e->setFrame( FALSE );
|
|
|
|
e->setText( text() );
|
|
|
|
return e;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Whenever the content of a cell has been edited by the editor \a w,
|
|
|
|
TQTable calls this virtual function to copy the new values into the
|
|
|
|
TQTableItem.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you reimplement createEditor() and return something that is not
|
|
|
|
a TQLineEdit you will need to reimplement this function.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\quotefile table/statistics/statistics.cpp
|
|
|
|
\skipto setContentFromEditor
|
|
|
|
\printto }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa TQTable::setCellContentFromEditor()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTableItem::setContentFromEditor( TQWidget *w )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
TQLineEdit *le = ::qt_cast<TQLineEdit*>(w);
|
|
|
|
if ( le ) {
|
|
|
|
TQString input = le->text();
|
|
|
|
if ( le->validator() )
|
|
|
|
le->validator()->fixup( input );
|
|
|
|
setText( input );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
The alignment function returns how the text contents of the cell
|
|
|
|
are aligned when drawn. The default implementation aligns numbers
|
|
|
|
to the right and any other text to the left.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa TQt::AlignmentFlags
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// ed: For consistency reasons a setAlignment() should be provided
|
|
|
|
// as well.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int TQTableItem::alignment() const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
bool num;
|
|
|
|
bool ok1 = FALSE, ok2 = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
(void)text().toInt( &ok1 );
|
|
|
|
if ( !ok1 )
|
|
|
|
(void)text().toDouble( &ok2 ); // ### should be .-aligned
|
|
|
|
num = ok1 || ok2;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return ( num ? AlignRight : AlignLeft ) | AlignVCenter;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
If \a b is TRUE, the cell's text will be wrapped over multiple
|
|
|
|
lines, when necessary, to fit the width of the cell; otherwise the
|
|
|
|
text will be written as a single line.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa wordWrap() TQTable::adjustColumn() TQTable::setColumnStretchable()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTableItem::setWordWrap( bool b )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
wordwrap = b;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Returns TRUE if word wrap is enabled for the cell; otherwise
|
|
|
|
returns FALSE.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa setWordWrap()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool TQTableItem::wordWrap() const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return wordwrap;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*! \internal */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTableItem::updateEditor( int oldRow, int oldCol )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( edType != Always )
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
if ( oldRow != -1 && oldCol != -1 )
|
|
|
|
table()->clearCellWidget( oldRow, oldCol );
|
|
|
|
if ( rw != -1 && cl != -1 )
|
|
|
|
table()->setCellWidget( rw, cl, createEditor() );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Returns the table item's edit type.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This is set when the table item is constructed.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa EditType TQTableItem()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQTableItem::EditType TQTableItem::editType() const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return edType;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
If \a b is TRUE it is acceptable to replace the contents of the
|
|
|
|
cell with the contents of another TQTableItem. If \a b is FALSE the
|
|
|
|
contents of the cell may not be replaced by the contents of
|
|
|
|
another table item. Table items that span more than one cell may
|
|
|
|
not have their contents replaced by another table item.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(This differs from \l EditType because EditType is concerned with
|
|
|
|
whether the \e user is able to change the contents of a cell.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa isReplaceable()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTableItem::setReplaceable( bool b )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
tcha = b;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
This function returns whether the contents of the cell may be
|
|
|
|
replaced with the contents of another table item. Regardless of
|
|
|
|
this setting, table items that span more than one cell may not
|
|
|
|
have their contents replaced by another table item.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(This differs from \l EditType because EditType is concerned with
|
|
|
|
whether the \e user is able to change the contents of a cell.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa setReplaceable() EditType
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool TQTableItem::isReplaceable() const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( rowspan > 1 || colspan > 1 )
|
|
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
|
return tcha;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
This virtual function returns the key that should be used for
|
|
|
|
sorting. The default implementation returns the text() of the
|
|
|
|
relevant item.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa TQTable::setSorting()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQString TQTableItem::key() const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return text();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
This virtual function returns the size a cell needs to show its
|
|
|
|
entire content.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you subclass TQTableItem you will often need to reimplement this
|
|
|
|
function.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQSize TQTableItem::sizeHint() const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
TQSize strutSize = TQApplication::globalStrut();
|
|
|
|
if ( edType == Always && table()->cellWidget( rw, cl ) )
|
|
|
|
return table()->cellWidget( rw, cl )->sizeHint().expandedTo( strutSize );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQSize s;
|
|
|
|
int x = 0;
|
|
|
|
if ( !pix.isNull() ) {
|
|
|
|
s = pix.size();
|
|
|
|
s.setWidth( s.width() + 2 );
|
|
|
|
x = pix.width() + 2;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQString t = text();
|
|
|
|
if ( !wordwrap && t.find( '\n' ) == -1 )
|
|
|
|
return TQSize( s.width() + table()->fontMetrics().width( text() ) + 10,
|
|
|
|
TQMAX( s.height(), table()->fontMetrics().height() ) ).expandedTo( strutSize );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQRect r = table()->fontMetrics().boundingRect( x + 2, 0, table()->columnWidth( col() ) - x - 4, 0,
|
|
|
|
wordwrap ? (alignment() | WordBreak) : alignment(),
|
|
|
|
text() );
|
|
|
|
r.setWidth( TQMAX( r.width() + 10, table()->columnWidth( col() ) ) );
|
|
|
|
return TQSize( r.width(), TQMAX( s.height(), r.height() ) ).expandedTo( strutSize );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Changes the extent of the TQTableItem so that it spans multiple
|
|
|
|
cells covering \a rs rows and \a cs columns. The top left cell is
|
|
|
|
the original cell.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\warning This function only works if the item has already been
|
|
|
|
inserted into the table using e.g. TQTable::setItem(). This
|
|
|
|
function also checks to make sure if \a rs and \a cs are within
|
|
|
|
the bounds of the table and returns without changing the span if
|
|
|
|
they are not. In addition swapping, inserting or removing rows and
|
|
|
|
columns that cross TQTableItems spanning more than one cell is not
|
|
|
|
supported.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa rowSpan() colSpan()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTableItem::setSpan( int rs, int cs )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( rs == rowspan && cs == colspan )
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( !table()->d->hasRowSpan )
|
|
|
|
table()->d->hasRowSpan = rs > 1;
|
|
|
|
if ( !table()->d->hasColSpan )
|
|
|
|
table()->d->hasColSpan = cs > 1;
|
|
|
|
// return if we are thinking too big...
|
|
|
|
if ( rw + rs > table()->numRows() )
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( cl + cs > table()->numCols() )
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( rw == -1 || cl == -1 )
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int rrow = rw;
|
|
|
|
int rcol = cl;
|
|
|
|
if ( rowspan > 1 || colspan > 1 ) {
|
|
|
|
TQTable* t = table();
|
|
|
|
t->takeItem( this );
|
|
|
|
t->setItem( rrow, rcol, this );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rowspan = rs;
|
|
|
|
colspan = cs;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for ( int r = 0; r < rowspan; ++r ) {
|
|
|
|
for ( int c = 0; c < colspan; ++c ) {
|
|
|
|
if ( r == 0 && c == 0 )
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
qt_update_cell_widget = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
table()->setItem( r + rw, c + cl, this );
|
|
|
|
qt_update_cell_widget = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
rw = rrow;
|
|
|
|
cl = rcol;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
table()->updateCell( rw, cl );
|
|
|
|
TQWidget *w = table()->cellWidget( rw, cl );
|
|
|
|
if ( w )
|
|
|
|
w->resize( table()->cellGeometry( rw, cl ).size() );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Returns the row span of the table item, usually 1.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa setSpan() colSpan()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int TQTableItem::rowSpan() const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return rowspan;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Returns the column span of the table item, usually 1.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa setSpan() rowSpan()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int TQTableItem::colSpan() const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return colspan;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Sets row \a r as the table item's row. Usually you do not need to
|
|
|
|
call this function.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If the cell spans multiple rows, this function sets the top row
|
|
|
|
and retains the height of the multi-cell table item.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa row() setCol() rowSpan()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTableItem::setRow( int r )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
rw = r;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Sets column \a c as the table item's column. Usually you will not
|
|
|
|
need to call this function.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If the cell spans multiple columns, this function sets the
|
|
|
|
left-most column and retains the width of the multi-cell table
|
|
|
|
item.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa col() setRow() colSpan()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTableItem::setCol( int c )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
cl = c;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Returns the row where the table item is located. If the cell spans
|
|
|
|
multiple rows, this function returns the top-most row.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa col() setRow()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int TQTableItem::row() const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return rw;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Returns the column where the table item is located. If the cell
|
|
|
|
spans multiple columns, this function returns the left-most
|
|
|
|
column.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa row() setCol()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int TQTableItem::col() const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return cl;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
If \a b is TRUE, the table item is enabled; if \a b is FALSE the
|
|
|
|
table item is disabled.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A disabled item doesn't respond to user interaction.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa isEnabled()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTableItem::setEnabled( bool b )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( b == (bool)enabled )
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
enabled = b;
|
|
|
|
table()->updateCell( row(), col() );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Returns TRUE if the table item is enabled; otherwise returns FALSE.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa setEnabled()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool TQTableItem::isEnabled() const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return (bool)enabled;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\class TQComboTableItem
|
|
|
|
\brief The TQComboTableItem class provides a means of using
|
|
|
|
comboboxes in TQTables.
|
|
|
|
\if defined(commercial)
|
|
|
|
It is part of the <a href="commercialeditions.html">TQt Enterprise Edition</a>.
|
|
|
|
\endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\ingroup advanced
|
|
|
|
\module table
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A TQComboTableItem is a table item which looks and behaves like a
|
|
|
|
combobox. The advantage of using TQComboTableItems rather than real
|
|
|
|
comboboxes is that a TQComboTableItem uses far less resources than
|
|
|
|
real comboboxes in \l{TQTable}s. When the cell has the focus it
|
|
|
|
displays a real combobox which the user can interact with. When
|
|
|
|
the cell does not have the focus the cell \e looks like a
|
|
|
|
combobox. Only text items (i.e. no pixmaps) may be used in
|
|
|
|
TQComboTableItems.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQComboTableItem items have the edit type \c WhenCurrent (see
|
|
|
|
\l{EditType}). The TQComboTableItem's list of items is provided by
|
|
|
|
a TQStringList passed to the constructor.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The list of items may be changed using setStringList(). The
|
|
|
|
current item can be set with setCurrentItem() and retrieved with
|
|
|
|
currentItem(). The text of the current item can be obtained with
|
|
|
|
currentText(), and the text of a particular item can be retrieved
|
|
|
|
with text().
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If isEditable() is TRUE the TQComboTableItem will permit the user
|
|
|
|
to either choose an existing list item, or create a new list item
|
|
|
|
by entering their own text; otherwise the user may only choose one
|
|
|
|
of the existing list items.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To populate a table cell with a TQComboTableItem use
|
|
|
|
TQTable::setItem().
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQComboTableItems may be deleted with TQTable::clearCell().
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQComboTableItems can be distinguished from \l{TQTableItem}s and
|
|
|
|
\l{TQCheckTableItem}s using their Run Time Type Identification
|
|
|
|
number (see rtti()).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\img qtableitems.png Table Items
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa TQCheckTableItem TQTableItem TQComboBox
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQComboBox *TQComboTableItem::fakeCombo = 0;
|
|
|
|
TQWidget *TQComboTableItem::fakeComboWidget = 0;
|
|
|
|
int TQComboTableItem::fakeRef = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Creates a combo table item for the table \a table. The combobox's
|
|
|
|
list of items is passed in the \a list argument. If \a editable is
|
|
|
|
TRUE the user may type in new list items; if \a editable is FALSE
|
|
|
|
the user may only select from the list of items provided.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By default TQComboTableItems cannot be replaced by other table
|
|
|
|
items since isReplaceable() returns FALSE by default.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa TQTable::clearCell() EditType
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQComboTableItem::TQComboTableItem( TQTable *table, const TQStringList &list, bool editable )
|
|
|
|
: TQTableItem( table, WhenCurrent, "" ), entries( list ), current( 0 ), edit( editable )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
setReplaceable( FALSE );
|
|
|
|
if ( !TQComboTableItem::fakeCombo ) {
|
|
|
|
TQComboTableItem::fakeComboWidget = new TQWidget( 0, 0 );
|
|
|
|
TQComboTableItem::fakeCombo = new TQComboBox( FALSE, TQComboTableItem::fakeComboWidget, 0 );
|
|
|
|
TQComboTableItem::fakeCombo->hide();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
++TQComboTableItem::fakeRef;
|
|
|
|
if ( entries.count() )
|
|
|
|
setText( *entries.at( current ) );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
TQComboTableItem destructor.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
TQComboTableItem::~TQComboTableItem()
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if (--TQComboTableItem::fakeRef <= 0) {
|
|
|
|
delete TQComboTableItem::fakeComboWidget;
|
|
|
|
TQComboTableItem::fakeComboWidget = 0;
|
|
|
|
TQComboTableItem::fakeCombo = 0;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Sets the list items of this TQComboTableItem to the strings in the
|
|
|
|
string list \a l.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQComboTableItem::setStringList( const TQStringList &l )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
entries = l;
|
|
|
|
current = 0;
|
|
|
|
if ( entries.count() )
|
|
|
|
setText( *entries.at( current ) );
|
|
|
|
if ( table()->cellWidget( row(), col() ) ) {
|
|
|
|
cb->clear();
|
|
|
|
cb->insertStringList( entries );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
table()->updateCell( row(), col() );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*! \reimp */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQWidget *TQComboTableItem::createEditor() const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
// create an editor - a combobox in our case
|
|
|
|
( (TQComboTableItem*)this )->cb = new TQComboBox( edit, table()->viewport(), "qt_editor_cb" );
|
|
|
|
cb->insertStringList( entries );
|
|
|
|
cb->setCurrentItem( current );
|
|
|
|
TQObject::connect( cb, SIGNAL( activated(int) ), table(), SLOT( doValueChanged() ) );
|
|
|
|
return cb;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*! \reimp */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQComboTableItem::setContentFromEditor( TQWidget *w )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
TQComboBox *cb = ::qt_cast<TQComboBox*>(w);
|
|
|
|
if ( cb ) {
|
|
|
|
entries.clear();
|
|
|
|
for ( int i = 0; i < cb->count(); ++i )
|
|
|
|
entries << cb->text( i );
|
|
|
|
current = cb->currentItem();
|
|
|
|
setText( *entries.at( current ) );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*! \reimp */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQComboTableItem::paint( TQPainter *p, const TQColorGroup &cg,
|
|
|
|
const TQRect &cr, bool selected )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
fakeCombo->resize( cr.width(), cr.height() );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQColorGroup c( cg );
|
|
|
|
if ( selected ) {
|
|
|
|
c.setBrush( TQColorGroup::Base, cg.brush( TQColorGroup::Highlight ) );
|
|
|
|
c.setColor( TQColorGroup::Text, cg.highlightedText() );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQStyle::SFlags flags = TQStyle::Style_Default;
|
|
|
|
if(isEnabled() && table()->isEnabled())
|
|
|
|
flags |= TQStyle::Style_Enabled;
|
|
|
|
table()->style().drawComplexControl( TQStyle::CC_ComboBox, p, fakeCombo, fakeCombo->rect(), c, flags );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
p->save();
|
|
|
|
TQRect textR = table()->style().querySubControlMetrics(TQStyle::CC_ComboBox, fakeCombo,
|
|
|
|
TQStyle::SC_ComboBoxEditField);
|
|
|
|
int align = alignment(); // alignment() changes entries
|
|
|
|
p->drawText( textR, wordWrap() ? ( align | WordBreak ) : align, *entries.at( current ) );
|
|
|
|
p->restore();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Sets the list item \a i to be the combo table item's current list
|
|
|
|
item.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa currentItem()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQComboTableItem::setCurrentItem( int i )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
TQWidget *w = table()->cellWidget( row(), col() );
|
|
|
|
TQComboBox *cb = ::qt_cast<TQComboBox*>(w);
|
|
|
|
if ( cb ) {
|
|
|
|
cb->setCurrentItem( i );
|
|
|
|
current = i;
|
|
|
|
setText( cb->currentText() );
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
current = i;
|
|
|
|
setText( *entries.at( i ) );
|
|
|
|
table()->updateCell( row(), col() );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\overload
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sets the list item whose text is \a s to be the combo table item's
|
|
|
|
current list item. Does nothing if no list item has the text \a s.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa currentItem()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQComboTableItem::setCurrentItem( const TQString &s )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
int i = entries.findIndex( s );
|
|
|
|
if ( i != -1 )
|
|
|
|
setCurrentItem( i );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Returns the index of the combo table item's current list item.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa setCurrentItem()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int TQComboTableItem::currentItem() const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
TQWidget *w = table()->cellWidget( row(), col() );
|
|
|
|
TQComboBox *cb = ::qt_cast<TQComboBox*>(w);
|
|
|
|
if ( cb )
|
|
|
|
return cb->currentItem();
|
|
|
|
return current;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Returns the text of the combo table item's current list item.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa currentItem() text()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQString TQComboTableItem::currentText() const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
TQWidget *w = table()->cellWidget( row(), col() );
|
|
|
|
TQComboBox *cb = ::qt_cast<TQComboBox*>(w);
|
|
|
|
if ( cb )
|
|
|
|
return cb->currentText();
|
|
|
|
return *entries.at( current );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Returns the total number of list items in the combo table item.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int TQComboTableItem::count() const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
TQWidget *w = table()->cellWidget( row(), col() );
|
|
|
|
TQComboBox *cb = ::qt_cast<TQComboBox*>(w);
|
|
|
|
if ( cb )
|
|
|
|
return cb->count();
|
|
|
|
return (int)entries.count(); //### size_t/int cast
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Returns the text of the combo's list item at index \a i.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa currentText()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQString TQComboTableItem::text( int i ) const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
TQWidget *w = table()->cellWidget( row(), col() );
|
|
|
|
TQComboBox *cb = ::qt_cast<TQComboBox*>(w);
|
|
|
|
if ( cb )
|
|
|
|
return cb->text( i );
|
|
|
|
return *entries.at( i );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
If \a b is TRUE the combo table item can be edited, i.e. the user
|
|
|
|
may enter a new text item themselves. If \a b is FALSE the user may
|
|
|
|
may only choose one of the existing items.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa isEditable()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQComboTableItem::setEditable( bool b )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
edit = b;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Returns TRUE if the user can add their own list items to the
|
|
|
|
combobox's list of items; otherwise returns FALSE.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa setEditable()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool TQComboTableItem::isEditable() const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return edit;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int TQComboTableItem::RTTI = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn int TQComboTableItem::rtti() const
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns 1.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Make your derived classes return their own values for rtti()to
|
|
|
|
distinguish between different table item subclasses. You should
|
|
|
|
use values greater than 1000, preferably a large random number, to
|
|
|
|
allow for extensions to this class.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa TQTableItem::rtti()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int TQComboTableItem::rtti() const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return RTTI;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*! \reimp */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQSize TQComboTableItem::sizeHint() const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
fakeCombo->insertItem( currentText() );
|
|
|
|
fakeCombo->setCurrentItem( fakeCombo->count() - 1 );
|
|
|
|
TQSize sh = fakeCombo->sizeHint();
|
|
|
|
fakeCombo->removeItem( fakeCombo->count() - 1 );
|
|
|
|
return sh.expandedTo( TQApplication::globalStrut() );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\class TQCheckTableItem
|
|
|
|
\brief The TQCheckTableItem class provides checkboxes in TQTables.
|
|
|
|
\if defined(commercial)
|
|
|
|
It is part of the <a href="commercialeditions.html">TQt Enterprise Edition</a>.
|
|
|
|
\endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\ingroup advanced
|
|
|
|
\module table
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A TQCheckTableItem is a table item which looks and behaves like a
|
|
|
|
checkbox. The advantage of using TQCheckTableItems rather than real
|
|
|
|
checkboxes is that a TQCheckTableItem uses far less resources than
|
|
|
|
a real checkbox would in a \l{TQTable}. When the cell has the focus
|
|
|
|
it displays a real checkbox which the user can interact with. When
|
|
|
|
the cell does not have the focus the cell \e looks like a
|
|
|
|
checkbox. Pixmaps may not be used in TQCheckTableItems.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQCheckTableItem items have the edit type \c WhenCurrent (see
|
|
|
|
\l{EditType}).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To change the checkbox's label use setText(). The checkbox can be
|
|
|
|
checked and unchecked with setChecked() and its state retrieved
|
|
|
|
using isChecked().
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To populate a table cell with a TQCheckTableItem use
|
|
|
|
TQTable::setItem().
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQCheckTableItems can be distinguished from \l{TQTableItem}s and
|
|
|
|
\l{TQComboTableItem}s using their Run Time Type Identification
|
|
|
|
(rtti) value.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\img qtableitems.png Table Items
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa rtti() EditType TQComboTableItem TQTableItem TQCheckBox
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Creates a TQCheckTableItem with an \l{EditType} of \c WhenCurrent
|
|
|
|
as a child of \a table. The checkbox is initially unchecked and
|
|
|
|
its label is set to the string \a txt.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQCheckTableItem::TQCheckTableItem( TQTable *table, const TQString &txt )
|
|
|
|
: TQTableItem( table, WhenCurrent, txt ), checked( FALSE )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*! \reimp */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQCheckTableItem::setText( const TQString &t )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
TQTableItem::setText( t );
|
|
|
|
TQWidget *w = table()->cellWidget( row(), col() );
|
|
|
|
TQCheckBox *cb = ::qt_cast<TQCheckBox*>(w);
|
|
|
|
if ( cb )
|
|
|
|
cb->setText( t );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*! \reimp */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQWidget *TQCheckTableItem::createEditor() const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
// create an editor - a combobox in our case
|
|
|
|
( (TQCheckTableItem*)this )->cb = new TQCheckBox( table()->viewport(), "qt_editor_checkbox" );
|
|
|
|
cb->setChecked( checked );
|
|
|
|
cb->setText( text() );
|
|
|
|
cb->setBackgroundColor( table()->viewport()->backgroundColor() );
|
|
|
|
TQObject::connect( cb, SIGNAL( toggled(bool) ), table(), SLOT( doValueChanged() ) );
|
|
|
|
return cb;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*! \reimp */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQCheckTableItem::setContentFromEditor( TQWidget *w )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
TQCheckBox *cb = ::qt_cast<TQCheckBox*>(w);
|
|
|
|
if ( cb )
|
|
|
|
checked = cb->isChecked();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*! \reimp */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQCheckTableItem::paint( TQPainter *p, const TQColorGroup &cg,
|
|
|
|
const TQRect &cr, bool selected )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
p->fillRect( 0, 0, cr.width(), cr.height(),
|
|
|
|
selected ? cg.brush( TQColorGroup::Highlight )
|
|
|
|
: cg.brush( TQColorGroup::Base ) );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int w = cr.width();
|
|
|
|
int h = cr.height();
|
|
|
|
TQSize sz = TQSize( table()->style().pixelMetric( TQStyle::PM_IndicatorWidth ),
|
|
|
|
table()->style().pixelMetric( TQStyle::PM_IndicatorHeight ) );
|
|
|
|
TQColorGroup c( cg );
|
|
|
|
c.setBrush( TQColorGroup::Background, c.brush( TQColorGroup::Base ) );
|
|
|
|
TQStyle::SFlags flags = TQStyle::Style_Default;
|
|
|
|
if(isEnabled())
|
|
|
|
flags |= TQStyle::Style_Enabled;
|
|
|
|
if ( checked )
|
|
|
|
flags |= TQStyle::Style_On;
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
flags |= TQStyle::Style_Off;
|
|
|
|
if ( isEnabled() && table()->isEnabled() )
|
|
|
|
flags |= TQStyle::Style_Enabled;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
table()->style().drawPrimitive( TQStyle::PE_Indicator, p,
|
|
|
|
TQRect( 0, ( cr.height() - sz.height() ) / 2, sz.width(), sz.height() ), c, flags );
|
|
|
|
int x = sz.width() + 6;
|
|
|
|
w = w - x;
|
|
|
|
if ( selected )
|
|
|
|
p->setPen( cg.highlightedText() );
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
p->setPen( cg.text() );
|
|
|
|
p->drawText( x, 0, w, h, wordWrap() ? ( alignment() | WordBreak ) : alignment(), text() );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
If \a b is TRUE the checkbox is checked; if \a b is FALSE the
|
|
|
|
checkbox is unchecked.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa isChecked()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQCheckTableItem::setChecked( bool b )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
checked = b;
|
|
|
|
table()->updateCell( row(), col() );
|
|
|
|
TQWidget *w = table()->cellWidget( row(), col() );
|
|
|
|
TQCheckBox *cb = ::qt_cast<TQCheckBox*>(w);
|
|
|
|
if ( cb )
|
|
|
|
cb->setChecked( b );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Returns TRUE if the checkbox table item is checked; otherwise
|
|
|
|
returns FALSE.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa setChecked()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool TQCheckTableItem::isChecked() const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
// #### why was this next line here. It must not be here, as
|
|
|
|
// #### people want to call isChecked() from within paintCell()
|
|
|
|
// #### and end up in an infinite loop that way
|
|
|
|
// table()->updateCell( row(), col() );
|
|
|
|
TQWidget *w = table()->cellWidget( row(), col() );
|
|
|
|
TQCheckBox *cb = ::qt_cast<TQCheckBox*>(w);
|
|
|
|
if ( cb )
|
|
|
|
return cb->isChecked();
|
|
|
|
return checked;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int TQCheckTableItem::RTTI = 2;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn int TQCheckTableItem::rtti() const
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns 2.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Make your derived classes return their own values for rtti()to
|
|
|
|
distinguish between different table item subclasses. You should
|
|
|
|
use values greater than 1000, preferably a large random number, to
|
|
|
|
allow for extensions to this class.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa TQTableItem::rtti()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int TQCheckTableItem::rtti() const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return RTTI;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*! \reimp */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQSize TQCheckTableItem::sizeHint() const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
TQSize sz = TQSize( table()->style().pixelMetric( TQStyle::PM_IndicatorWidth ),
|
|
|
|
table()->style().pixelMetric( TQStyle::PM_IndicatorHeight ) );
|
|
|
|
sz.setWidth( sz.width() + 6 );
|
|
|
|
TQSize sh( TQTableItem::sizeHint() );
|
|
|
|
return TQSize( sh.width() + sz.width(), TQMAX( sh.height(), sz.height() ) ).
|
|
|
|
expandedTo( TQApplication::globalStrut() );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*! \file table/small-table-demo/main.cpp */
|
|
|
|
/*! \file table/bigtable/main.cpp */
|
|
|
|
/*! \file table/statistics/statistics.cpp */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\class TQTable
|
|
|
|
\brief The TQTable class provides a flexible editable table widget.
|
|
|
|
\if defined(commercial)
|
|
|
|
It is part of the <a href="commercialeditions.html">TQt Enterprise Edition</a>.
|
|
|
|
\endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\mainclass
|
|
|
|
\ingroup advanced
|
|
|
|
\module table
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQTable is easy to use, although it does have a large API because
|
|
|
|
of the comprehensive functionality that it provides. TQTable
|
|
|
|
includes functions for manipulating \link #headers
|
|
|
|
headers\endlink, \link #columnsrows rows and columns\endlink,
|
|
|
|
\link #cells cells\endlink and \link #selections
|
|
|
|
selections\endlink. TQTable also provides in-place editing and
|
|
|
|
\link dnd.html drag and drop\endlink, as well as a useful set of
|
|
|
|
\link #signals signals\endlink. TQTable efficiently supports very
|
|
|
|
large tables, for example, tables one million by one million cells
|
|
|
|
are perfectly possible. TQTable is economical with memory, using
|
|
|
|
none for unused cells.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\code
|
|
|
|
TQTable *table = new TQTable( 100, 250, this );
|
|
|
|
table->setPixmap( 3, 2, pix );
|
|
|
|
table->setText( 3, 2, "A pixmap" );
|
|
|
|
\endcode
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The first line constructs the table specifying its size in rows
|
|
|
|
and columns. We then insert a pixmap and some text into the \e
|
|
|
|
same \link #cells cell\endlink, with the pixmap appearing to the
|
|
|
|
left of the text. TQTable cells can be populated with
|
|
|
|
\l{TQTableItem}s, \l{TQComboTableItem}s or by \l{TQCheckTableItem}s.
|
|
|
|
By default a vertical header appears at the left of the table
|
|
|
|
showing row numbers and a horizontal header appears at the top of
|
|
|
|
the table showing column numbers. (The numbers displayed start at
|
|
|
|
1, although row and column numbers within TQTable begin at 0.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you want to use mouse tracking call setMouseTracking( TRUE ) on
|
|
|
|
the \e viewport; (see \link ntqscrollview.html#allviews
|
|
|
|
TQScrollView\endlink).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\img qtableitems.png Table Items
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\target headers
|
|
|
|
\section1 Headers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQTable supports a header column, e.g. to display row numbers, and
|
|
|
|
a header row, e.g to display column titles. To set row or column
|
|
|
|
labels use TQHeader::setLabel() on the pointers returned by
|
|
|
|
verticalHeader() and horizontalHeader() respectively. The vertical
|
|
|
|
header is displayed within the table's left margin whose width is
|
|
|
|
set with setLeftMargin(). The horizontal header is displayed
|
|
|
|
within the table's top margin whose height is set with
|
|
|
|
setTopMargin(). The table's grid can be switched off with
|
|
|
|
setShowGrid(). If you want to hide a horizontal header call
|
|
|
|
hide(), and call setTopMargin( 0 ) so that the area the header
|
|
|
|
would have occupied is reduced to zero size.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Header labels are indexed via their section numbers. Note that the
|
|
|
|
default behavior of TQHeader regarding section numbers is overriden
|
|
|
|
for TQTable. See the explanation below in the Rows and Columns
|
|
|
|
section in the discussion of moving columns and rows.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\target columnsrows
|
|
|
|
\section1 Rows and Columns
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Row and column sizes are set with setRowHeight() and
|
|
|
|
setColumnWidth(). If you want a row high enough to show the
|
|
|
|
tallest item in its entirety, use adjustRow(). Similarly, to make
|
|
|
|
a column wide enough to show the widest item use adjustColumn().
|
|
|
|
If you want the row height and column width to adjust
|
|
|
|
automatically as the height and width of the table changes use
|
|
|
|
setRowStretchable() and setColumnStretchable().
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Rows and columns can be hidden and shown with hideRow(),
|
|
|
|
hideColumn(), showRow() and showColumn(). New rows and columns are
|
|
|
|
inserted using insertRows() and insertColumns(). Additional rows
|
|
|
|
and columns are added at the bottom (rows) or right (columns) if
|
|
|
|
you set setNumRows() or setNumCols() to be larger than numRows()
|
|
|
|
or numCols(). Existing rows and columns are removed with
|
|
|
|
removeRow() and removeColumn(). Multiple rows and columns can be
|
|
|
|
removed with removeRows() and removeColumns().
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Rows and columns can be set to be moveable using
|
|
|
|
rowMovingEnabled() and columnMovingEnabled(). The user can drag
|
|
|
|
them to reorder them holding down the Ctrl key and dragging the
|
|
|
|
mouse. For performance reasons, the default behavior of TQHeader
|
|
|
|
section numbers is overridden by TQTable. Currently in TQTable, when
|
|
|
|
a row or column is dragged and reordered, the section number is
|
|
|
|
also changed to its new position. Therefore, there is no
|
|
|
|
difference between the section and the index fields in TQHeader.
|
|
|
|
The TQTable TQHeader classes do not provide a mechanism for indexing
|
|
|
|
independently of the user interface ordering.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The table can be sorted using sortColumn(). Users can sort a
|
|
|
|
column by clicking its header if setSorting() is set to TRUE. Rows
|
|
|
|
can be swapped with swapRows(), columns with swapColumns() and
|
|
|
|
cells with swapCells().
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For editable tables (see setReadOnly()) you can set the read-only
|
|
|
|
property of individual rows and columns with setRowReadOnly() and
|
|
|
|
setColumnReadOnly(). (Whether a cell is editable or read-only
|
|
|
|
depends on these settings and the cell's \link
|
|
|
|
qtableitem.html#wheneditable TQTableItem::EditType\endlink.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The row and column which have the focus are returned by
|
|
|
|
currentRow() and currentColumn() respectively.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Although many TQTable functions operate in terms of rows and
|
|
|
|
columns the indexOf() function returns a single integer
|
|
|
|
identifying a particular cell.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\target cells
|
|
|
|
\section1 Cells
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All of a TQTable's cells are empty when the table is constructed.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
There are two approaches to populating the table's cells. The
|
|
|
|
first and simplest approach is to use TQTableItems or TQTableItem
|
|
|
|
subclasses. The second approach doesn't use TQTableItems at all
|
|
|
|
which is useful for very large sparse tables but requires you to
|
|
|
|
reimplement a number of functions. We'll look at each approach in
|
|
|
|
turn.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To put a string in a cell use setText(). This function will create
|
|
|
|
a new TQTableItem for the cell if one doesn't already exist, and
|
|
|
|
displays the text in it. By default the table item's widget will
|
|
|
|
be a TQLineEdit. A pixmap may be put in a cell with setPixmap(),
|
|
|
|
which also creates a table item if required. A cell may contain \e
|
|
|
|
both a pixmap and text; the pixmap is displayed to the left of the
|
|
|
|
text. Another approach is to construct a TQTableItem or TQTableItem
|
|
|
|
subclass, set its properties, then insert it into a cell with
|
|
|
|
setItem().
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you want cells which contain comboboxes use the TQComboTableItem
|
|
|
|
class. Similarly if you require cells containing checkboxes use
|
|
|
|
the TQCheckTableItem class. These table items look and behave just
|
|
|
|
like the combobox or checkbox widgets but consume far less memory.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\quotefile table/small-table-demo/main.cpp
|
|
|
|
\skipto int j
|
|
|
|
\printuntil TQCheckTableItem
|
|
|
|
In the example above we create a column of TQCheckTableItems and
|
|
|
|
insert them into the table using setItem().
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQTable takes ownership of its TQTableItems and will delete them
|
|
|
|
when the table itself is destroyed. You can take ownership of a
|
|
|
|
table item using takeItem() which you use to move a cell's
|
|
|
|
contents from one cell to another, either within the same table,
|
|
|
|
or from one table to another. (See also, swapCells()).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In-place editing of the text in TQTableItems, and the values in
|
|
|
|
TQComboTableItems and TQCheckTableItems works automatically. Cells
|
|
|
|
may be editable or read-only, see \link
|
|
|
|
qtableitem.html#wheneditable TQTableItem::EditType\endlink. If you
|
|
|
|
want fine control over editing see beginEdit() and endEdit().
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The contents of a cell can be retrieved as a TQTableItem using
|
|
|
|
item(), or as a string with text() or as a pixmap (if there is
|
|
|
|
one) with pixmap(). A cell's bounding rectangle is given by
|
|
|
|
cellGeometry(). Use updateCell() to repaint a cell, for example to
|
|
|
|
clear away a cell's visual representation after it has been
|
|
|
|
deleted with clearCell(). The table can be forced to scroll to
|
|
|
|
show a particular cell with ensureCellVisible(). The isSelected()
|
|
|
|
function indicates if a cell is selected.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
It is possible to use your own widget as a cell's widget using
|
|
|
|
setCellWidget(), but subclassing TQTableItem might be a simpler
|
|
|
|
approach. The cell's widget (if there is one) can be removed with
|
|
|
|
clearCellWidget().
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\keyword notes on large tables
|
|
|
|
\target bigtables
|
|
|
|
\section2 Large tables
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For large, sparse, tables using TQTableItems or other widgets is
|
|
|
|
inefficient. The solution is to \e draw the cell as it should
|
|
|
|
appear and to create and destroy cell editors on demand.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This approach requires that you reimplement various functions.
|
|
|
|
Reimplement paintCell() to display your data, and createEditor()
|
|
|
|
and setCellContentFromEditor() to support in-place editing. It
|
|
|
|
is very important to reimplement resizeData() to have no
|
|
|
|
functionality, to prevent TQTable from attempting to create a huge
|
|
|
|
array. You will also need to reimplement item(), setItem(),
|
|
|
|
takeItem(), clearCell(), and insertWidget(), cellWidget() and
|
|
|
|
clearCellWidget(). In almost every circumstance (for sorting,
|
|
|
|
removing and inserting columns and rows, etc.), you also need
|
|
|
|
to reimplement swapRows(), swapCells() and swapColumns(), including
|
|
|
|
header handling.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you represent active cells with a dictionary of TQTableItems and
|
|
|
|
TQWidgets, i.e. only store references to cells that are actually
|
|
|
|
used, many of the functions can be implemented with a single line
|
|
|
|
of code. (See the \l table/bigtable/main.cpp example.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For more information on cells see the TQTableItem documenation.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\target selections
|
|
|
|
\section1 Selections
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQTable's support single selection, multi-selection (multiple
|
|
|
|
cells) or no selection. The selection mode is set with
|
|
|
|
setSelectionMode(). Use isSelected() to determine if a particular
|
|
|
|
cell is selected, and isRowSelected() and isColumnSelected() to
|
|
|
|
see if a row or column is selected.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQTable's support many simultaneous selections. You can
|
|
|
|
programmatically select cells with addSelection(). The number of
|
|
|
|
selections is given by numSelections(). The current selection is
|
|
|
|
returned by currentSelection(). You can remove a selection with
|
|
|
|
removeSelection() and remove all selections with
|
|
|
|
clearSelection(). Selections are TQTableSelection objects.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To easily add a new selection use selectCells(), selectRow() or
|
|
|
|
selectColumn().
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Alternatively, use addSelection() to add new selections using
|
|
|
|
TQTableSelection objects. The advantage of using TQTableSelection
|
|
|
|
objects is that you can call TQTableSelection::expandTo() to resize
|
|
|
|
the selection and can query and compare them.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The number of selections is given by numSelections(). The current
|
|
|
|
selection is returned by currentSelection(). You can remove a
|
|
|
|
selection with removeSelection() and remove all selections with
|
|
|
|
clearSelection().
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\target signals
|
|
|
|
\section1 Signals
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
When the user clicks a cell the currentChanged() signal is
|
|
|
|
emitted. You can also connect to the lower level clicked(),
|
|
|
|
doubleClicked() and pressed() signals. If the user changes the
|
|
|
|
selection the selectionChanged() signal is emitted; similarly if
|
|
|
|
the user changes a cell's value the valueChanged() signal is
|
|
|
|
emitted. If the user right-clicks (or presses the appropriate
|
|
|
|
platform-specific key sequence) the contextMenuRequested() signal
|
|
|
|
is emitted. If the user drops a drag and drop object the dropped()
|
|
|
|
signal is emitted with the drop event.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn void TQTable::currentChanged( int row, int col )
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This signal is emitted when the current cell has changed to \a
|
|
|
|
row, \a col.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn void TQTable::valueChanged( int row, int col )
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This signal is emitted when the user changed the value in the cell
|
|
|
|
at \a row, \a col.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn int TQTable::currentRow() const
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns the current row.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa currentColumn()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn int TQTable::currentColumn() const
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns the current column.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa currentRow()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\enum TQTable::EditMode
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\value NotEditing No cell is currently being edited.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\value Editing A cell is currently being edited. The editor was
|
|
|
|
initialised with the cell's contents.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\value Replacing A cell is currently being edited. The editor was
|
|
|
|
not initialised with the cell's contents.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\enum TQTable::SelectionMode
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\value NoSelection No cell can be selected by the user.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\value Single The user may only select a single range of cells.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\value Multi The user may select multiple ranges of cells.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\value SingleRow The user may select one row at once.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\value MultiRow The user may select multiple rows.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\enum TQTable::FocusStyle
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Specifies how the current cell (focus cell) is drawn.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\value FollowStyle The current cell is drawn according to the
|
|
|
|
current style and the cell's background is also drawn selected, if
|
|
|
|
the current cell is within a selection
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\value SpreadSheet The current cell is drawn as in a spreadsheet.
|
|
|
|
This means, it is signified by a black rectangle around the cell,
|
|
|
|
and the background of the current cell is always drawn with the
|
|
|
|
widget's base color - even when selected.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn void TQTable::clicked( int row, int col, int button, const TQPoint &mousePos )
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This signal is emitted when mouse button \a button is clicked. The
|
|
|
|
cell where the event took place is at \a row, \a col, and the
|
|
|
|
mouse's position is in \a mousePos.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa TQt::ButtonState
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn void TQTable::doubleClicked( int row, int col, int button, const TQPoint &mousePos )
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This signal is emitted when mouse button \a button is
|
|
|
|
double-clicked. The cell where the event took place is at \a row,
|
|
|
|
\a col, and the mouse's position is in \a mousePos.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa TQt::ButtonState
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn void TQTable::pressed( int row, int col, int button, const TQPoint &mousePos )
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This signal is emitted when mouse button \a button is pressed. The
|
|
|
|
cell where the event took place is at \a row, \a col, and the
|
|
|
|
mouse's position is in \a mousePos.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa TQt::ButtonState
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn void TQTable::selectionChanged()
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This signal is emitted whenever a selection changes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa TQTableSelection
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn void TQTable::contextMenuRequested( int row, int col, const TQPoint & pos )
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This signal is emitted when the user invokes a context menu with
|
|
|
|
the right mouse button (or with a system-specific keypress). The
|
|
|
|
cell where the event took place is at \a row, \a col. \a pos is
|
|
|
|
the position where the context menu will appear in the global
|
|
|
|
coordinate system. This signal is always emitted, even if the
|
|
|
|
contents of the cell are disabled.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Creates an empty table object called \a name as a child of \a
|
|
|
|
parent.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Call setNumRows() and setNumCols() to set the table size before
|
|
|
|
populating the table if you're using TQTableItems.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa TQWidget::clearWFlags() TQt::WidgetFlags
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQTable::TQTable( TQWidget *parent, const char *name )
|
|
|
|
: TQScrollView( parent, name, WNoAutoErase | WStaticContents ),
|
|
|
|
leftHeader( 0 ), topHeader( 0 ),
|
|
|
|
currentSel( 0 ), lastSortCol( -1 ), sGrid( TRUE ), mRows( FALSE ), mCols( FALSE ),
|
|
|
|
asc( TRUE ), doSort( TRUE ), readOnly( FALSE )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
init( 0, 0 );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Constructs an empty table called \a name with \a numRows rows and
|
|
|
|
\a numCols columns. The table is a child of \a parent.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you're using \l{TQTableItem}s to populate the table's cells, you
|
|
|
|
can create TQTableItem, TQComboTableItem and TQCheckTableItem items
|
|
|
|
and insert them into the table using setItem(). (See the notes on
|
|
|
|
large tables for an alternative to using TQTableItems.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa TQWidget::clearWFlags() TQt::WidgetFlags
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQTable::TQTable( int numRows, int numCols, TQWidget *parent, const char *name )
|
|
|
|
: TQScrollView( parent, name, WNoAutoErase | WStaticContents ),
|
|
|
|
leftHeader( 0 ), topHeader( 0 ),
|
|
|
|
currentSel( 0 ), lastSortCol( -1 ), sGrid( TRUE ), mRows( FALSE ), mCols( FALSE ),
|
|
|
|
asc( TRUE ), doSort( TRUE ), readOnly( FALSE )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
init( numRows, numCols );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*! \internal
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::init( int rows, int cols )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
#ifndef QT_NO_DRAGANDDROP
|
|
|
|
setDragAutoScroll( FALSE );
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
d = new TQTablePrivate;
|
|
|
|
d->geomTimer = new TQTimer( this );
|
|
|
|
d->lastVisCol = 0;
|
|
|
|
d->lastVisRow = 0;
|
|
|
|
connect( d->geomTimer, SIGNAL( timeout() ), this, SLOT( updateGeometriesSlot() ) );
|
|
|
|
shouldClearSelection = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
dEnabled = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
roRows.setAutoDelete( TRUE );
|
|
|
|
roCols.setAutoDelete( TRUE );
|
|
|
|
setSorting( FALSE );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
unused = TRUE; // It's unused, ain't it? :)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
selMode = Multi;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
contents.setAutoDelete( TRUE );
|
|
|
|
widgets.setAutoDelete( TRUE );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Enable clipper and set background mode
|
|
|
|
enableClipper( qt_table_clipper_enabled );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
viewport()->setFocusProxy( this );
|
|
|
|
viewport()->setFocusPolicy( WheelFocus );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
viewport()->setBackgroundMode( PaletteBase );
|
|
|
|
setBackgroundMode( PaletteBackground, PaletteBase );
|
|
|
|
setResizePolicy( Manual );
|
|
|
|
selections.setAutoDelete( TRUE );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Create headers
|
|
|
|
leftHeader = new TQTableHeader( rows, this, this, "left table header" );
|
|
|
|
leftHeader->setOrientation( Vertical );
|
|
|
|
leftHeader->setTracking( TRUE );
|
|
|
|
leftHeader->setMovingEnabled( TRUE );
|
|
|
|
topHeader = new TQTableHeader( cols, this, this, "right table header" );
|
|
|
|
topHeader->setOrientation( Horizontal );
|
|
|
|
topHeader->setTracking( TRUE );
|
|
|
|
topHeader->setMovingEnabled( TRUE );
|
|
|
|
if ( TQApplication::reverseLayout() )
|
|
|
|
setMargins( 0, fontMetrics().height() + 4, 30, 0 );
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
setMargins( 30, fontMetrics().height() + 4, 0, 0 );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
topHeader->setUpdatesEnabled( FALSE );
|
|
|
|
leftHeader->setUpdatesEnabled( FALSE );
|
|
|
|
// Initialize headers
|
|
|
|
int i = 0;
|
|
|
|
for ( i = 0; i < numCols(); ++i )
|
|
|
|
topHeader->resizeSection( i, TQMAX( 100, TQApplication::globalStrut().height() ) );
|
|
|
|
for ( i = 0; i < numRows(); ++i )
|
|
|
|
leftHeader->resizeSection( i, TQMAX( 20, TQApplication::globalStrut().width() ) );
|
|
|
|
topHeader->setUpdatesEnabled( TRUE );
|
|
|
|
leftHeader->setUpdatesEnabled( TRUE );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Prepare for contents
|
|
|
|
contents.setAutoDelete( FALSE );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Connect header, table and scrollbars
|
|
|
|
connect( horizontalScrollBar(), SIGNAL( valueChanged(int) ),
|
|
|
|
topHeader, SLOT( setOffset(int) ) );
|
|
|
|
connect( verticalScrollBar(), SIGNAL( valueChanged(int) ),
|
|
|
|
leftHeader, SLOT( setOffset(int) ) );
|
|
|
|
connect( topHeader, SIGNAL( sectionSizeChanged(int) ),
|
|
|
|
this, SLOT( columnWidthChanged(int) ) );
|
|
|
|
connect( topHeader, SIGNAL( indexChange(int,int,int) ),
|
|
|
|
this, SLOT( columnIndexChanged(int,int,int) ) );
|
|
|
|
connect( topHeader, SIGNAL( sectionClicked(int) ),
|
|
|
|
this, SLOT( columnClicked(int) ) );
|
|
|
|
connect( leftHeader, SIGNAL( sectionSizeChanged(int) ),
|
|
|
|
this, SLOT( rowHeightChanged(int) ) );
|
|
|
|
connect( leftHeader, SIGNAL( indexChange(int,int,int) ),
|
|
|
|
this, SLOT( rowIndexChanged(int,int,int) ) );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Initialize variables
|
|
|
|
autoScrollTimer = new TQTimer( this );
|
|
|
|
connect( autoScrollTimer, SIGNAL( timeout() ),
|
|
|
|
this, SLOT( doAutoScroll() ) );
|
|
|
|
curRow = curCol = 0;
|
|
|
|
topHeader->setSectionState( curCol, TQTableHeader::Bold );
|
|
|
|
leftHeader->setSectionState( curRow, TQTableHeader::Bold );
|
|
|
|
edMode = NotEditing;
|
|
|
|
editRow = editCol = -1;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
drawActiveSelection = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
installEventFilter( this );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
focusStl = SpreadSheet;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
was_visible = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// initial size
|
|
|
|
resize( 640, 480 );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Releases all the resources used by the TQTable object,
|
|
|
|
including all \l{TQTableItem}s and their widgets.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQTable::~TQTable()
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
setUpdatesEnabled( FALSE );
|
|
|
|
contents.setAutoDelete( TRUE );
|
|
|
|
contents.clear();
|
|
|
|
widgets.clear();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
delete d;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::setReadOnly( bool b )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
readOnly = b;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQTableItem *i = item(curRow, curCol);
|
|
|
|
if (readOnly && isEditing()) {
|
|
|
|
endEdit(editRow, editCol, TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
|
} else if (!readOnly && i && (i->editType() == TQTableItem::WhenCurrent
|
|
|
|
|| i->editType() == TQTableItem::Always)) {
|
|
|
|
editCell(curRow, curCol);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
If \a ro is TRUE, row \a row is set to be read-only; otherwise the
|
|
|
|
row is set to be editable.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Whether a cell in this row is editable or read-only depends on the
|
|
|
|
cell's EditType, and this setting:
|
|
|
|
see \link qtableitem.html#wheneditable TQTableItem::EditType\endlink.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa isRowReadOnly() setColumnReadOnly() setReadOnly()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::setRowReadOnly( int row, bool ro )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( ro )
|
|
|
|
roRows.replace( row, new int( 0 ) );
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
roRows.remove( row );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (curRow == row) {
|
|
|
|
TQTableItem *i = item(curRow, curCol);
|
|
|
|
if (ro && isEditing()) {
|
|
|
|
endEdit(editRow, editCol, TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
|
} else if (!ro && i && (i->editType() == TQTableItem::WhenCurrent
|
|
|
|
|| i->editType() == TQTableItem::Always)) {
|
|
|
|
editCell(curRow, curCol);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
If \a ro is TRUE, column \a col is set to be read-only; otherwise
|
|
|
|
the column is set to be editable.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Whether a cell in this column is editable or read-only depends on
|
|
|
|
the cell's EditType, and this setting:
|
|
|
|
see \link qtableitem.html#wheneditable TQTableItem::EditType\endlink.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa isColumnReadOnly() setRowReadOnly() setReadOnly()
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::setColumnReadOnly( int col, bool ro )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( ro )
|
|
|
|
roCols.replace( col, new int( 0 ) );
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
roCols.remove( col );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (curCol == col) {
|
|
|
|
TQTableItem *i = item(curRow, curCol);
|
|
|
|
if (ro && isEditing()) {
|
|
|
|
endEdit(editRow, editCol, TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
|
} else if (!ro && i && (i->editType() == TQTableItem::WhenCurrent
|
|
|
|
|| i->editType() == TQTableItem::Always)) {
|
|
|
|
editCell(curRow, curCol);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\property TQTable::readOnly
|
|
|
|
\brief whether the table is read-only
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Whether a cell in the table is editable or read-only depends on
|
|
|
|
the cell's \link TQTableItem::EditType EditType\endlink, and this setting:
|
|
|
|
see \link qtableitem.html#wheneditable
|
|
|
|
TQTableItem::EditType\endlink.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa TQWidget::enabled setColumnReadOnly() setRowReadOnly()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool TQTable::isReadOnly() const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return readOnly;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Returns TRUE if row \a row is read-only; otherwise returns FALSE.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Whether a cell in this row is editable or read-only depends on the
|
|
|
|
cell's \link TQTableItem::EditType EditType\endlink, and this
|
|
|
|
setting: see \link qtableitem.html#wheneditable
|
|
|
|
TQTableItem::EditType\endlink.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa setRowReadOnly() isColumnReadOnly()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool TQTable::isRowReadOnly( int row ) const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return (roRows.find( row ) != 0);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Returns TRUE if column \a col is read-only; otherwise returns
|
|
|
|
FALSE.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Whether a cell in this column is editable or read-only depends on
|
|
|
|
the cell's EditType, and this setting: see \link
|
|
|
|
qtableitem.html#wheneditable TQTableItem::EditType\endlink.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa setColumnReadOnly() isRowReadOnly()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool TQTable::isColumnReadOnly( int col ) const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return (roCols.find( col ) != 0);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::setSelectionMode( SelectionMode mode )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( mode == selMode )
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
selMode = mode;
|
|
|
|
clearSelection();
|
|
|
|
if ( isRowSelection( selMode ) && numRows() > 0 && numCols() > 0 ) {
|
|
|
|
currentSel = new TQTableSelection();
|
|
|
|
selections.append( currentSel );
|
|
|
|
currentSel->init( curRow, 0 );
|
|
|
|
currentSel->expandTo( curRow, numCols() - 1 );
|
|
|
|
repaintSelections( 0, currentSel );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\property TQTable::selectionMode
|
|
|
|
\brief the current selection mode
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The default mode is \c Multi which allows the user to select
|
|
|
|
multiple ranges of cells.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa SelectionMode setSelectionMode()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQTable::SelectionMode TQTable::selectionMode() const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return selMode;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\property TQTable::focusStyle
|
|
|
|
\brief how the current (focus) cell is drawn
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The default style is \c SpreadSheet.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa TQTable::FocusStyle
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::setFocusStyle( FocusStyle fs )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
focusStl = fs;
|
|
|
|
updateCell( curRow, curCol );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQTable::FocusStyle TQTable::focusStyle() const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return focusStl;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
This functions updates all the header states to be in sync with
|
|
|
|
the current selections. This should be called after
|
|
|
|
programatically changing, adding or removing selections, so that
|
|
|
|
the headers are updated.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::updateHeaderStates()
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
horizontalHeader()->setUpdatesEnabled( FALSE );
|
|
|
|
verticalHeader()->setUpdatesEnabled( FALSE );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
( (TQTableHeader*)verticalHeader() )->setSectionStateToAll( TQTableHeader::Normal );
|
|
|
|
( (TQTableHeader*)horizontalHeader() )->setSectionStateToAll( TQTableHeader::Normal );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQPtrListIterator<TQTableSelection> it( selections );
|
|
|
|
TQTableSelection *s;
|
|
|
|
while ( ( s = it.current() ) != 0 ) {
|
|
|
|
++it;
|
|
|
|
if ( s->isActive() ) {
|
|
|
|
if ( s->leftCol() == 0 &&
|
|
|
|
s->rightCol() == numCols() - 1 ) {
|
|
|
|
for ( int i = 0; i < s->bottomRow() - s->topRow() + 1; ++i )
|
|
|
|
leftHeader->setSectionState( s->topRow() + i, TQTableHeader::Selected );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( s->topRow() == 0 &&
|
|
|
|
s->bottomRow() == numRows() - 1 ) {
|
|
|
|
for ( int i = 0; i < s->rightCol() - s->leftCol() + 1; ++i )
|
|
|
|
topHeader->setSectionState( s->leftCol() + i, TQTableHeader::Selected );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
horizontalHeader()->setUpdatesEnabled( TRUE );
|
|
|
|
verticalHeader()->setUpdatesEnabled( TRUE );
|
|
|
|
horizontalHeader()->repaint( FALSE );
|
|
|
|
verticalHeader()->repaint( FALSE );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Returns the table's top TQHeader.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This header contains the column labels.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To modify a column label use TQHeader::setLabel(), e.g.
|
|
|
|
\quotefile table/statistics/statistics.cpp
|
|
|
|
\skipto horizontalHeader
|
|
|
|
\printline
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa verticalHeader() setTopMargin() TQHeader
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQHeader *TQTable::horizontalHeader() const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return (TQHeader*)topHeader;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Returns the table's vertical TQHeader.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This header contains the row labels.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa horizontalHeader() setLeftMargin() TQHeader
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQHeader *TQTable::verticalHeader() const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return (TQHeader*)leftHeader;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::setShowGrid( bool b )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( sGrid == b )
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
sGrid = b;
|
|
|
|
updateContents();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\property TQTable::showGrid
|
|
|
|
\brief whether the table's grid is displayed
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The grid is shown by default.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool TQTable::showGrid() const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return sGrid;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\property TQTable::columnMovingEnabled
|
|
|
|
\brief whether columns can be moved by the user
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The default is FALSE. Columns are moved by dragging whilst holding
|
|
|
|
down the Ctrl key.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\warning If TQTable is used to move header sections as a result of user
|
|
|
|
interaction, the mapping between header indexes and section exposed by
|
|
|
|
TQHeader will not reflect the order of the headers in the table; i.e.,
|
|
|
|
TQTable does not call TQHeader::moveSection() to move sections but handles
|
|
|
|
move operations internally.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa rowMovingEnabled
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::setColumnMovingEnabled( bool b )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
mCols = b;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool TQTable::columnMovingEnabled() const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return mCols;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\property TQTable::rowMovingEnabled
|
|
|
|
\brief whether rows can be moved by the user
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The default is FALSE. Rows are moved by dragging whilst holding
|
|
|
|
down the Ctrl key.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\warning If TQTable is used to move header sections as a result of user
|
|
|
|
interaction, the mapping between header indexes and section exposed by
|
|
|
|
TQHeader will not reflect the order of the headers in the table; i.e.,
|
|
|
|
TQTable does not call TQHeader::moveSection() to move sections but handles
|
|
|
|
move operations internally.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa columnMovingEnabled
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::setRowMovingEnabled( bool b )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
mRows = b;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool TQTable::rowMovingEnabled() const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return mRows;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
This is called when TQTable's internal array needs to be resized to
|
|
|
|
\a len elements.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you don't use TQTableItems you should reimplement this as an
|
|
|
|
empty method to avoid wasting memory. See the notes on large
|
|
|
|
tables for further details.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::resizeData( int len )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
contents.resize( len );
|
|
|
|
widgets.resize( len );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Swaps the data in \a row1 and \a row2.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This function is used to swap the positions of two rows. It is
|
|
|
|
called when the user changes the order of rows (see
|
|
|
|
setRowMovingEnabled()), and when rows are sorted.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you don't use \l{TQTableItem}s and want your users to be able to
|
|
|
|
swap rows, e.g. for sorting, you will need to reimplement this
|
|
|
|
function. (See the notes on large tables.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If \a swapHeader is TRUE, the rows' header contents is also
|
|
|
|
swapped.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This function will not update the TQTable, you will have to do
|
|
|
|
this manually, e.g. by calling updateContents().
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa swapColumns() swapCells()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::swapRows( int row1, int row2, bool swapHeader )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( swapHeader )
|
|
|
|
leftHeader->swapSections( row1, row2, FALSE );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQPtrVector<TQTableItem> tmpContents;
|
|
|
|
tmpContents.resize( numCols() );
|
|
|
|
TQPtrVector<TQWidget> tmpWidgets;
|
|
|
|
tmpWidgets.resize( numCols() );
|
|
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
contents.setAutoDelete( FALSE );
|
|
|
|
widgets.setAutoDelete( FALSE );
|
|
|
|
for ( i = 0; i < numCols(); ++i ) {
|
|
|
|
TQTableItem *i1, *i2;
|
|
|
|
i1 = item( row1, i );
|
|
|
|
i2 = item( row2, i );
|
|
|
|
if ( i1 || i2 ) {
|
|
|
|
tmpContents.insert( i, i1 );
|
|
|
|
contents.remove( indexOf( row1, i ) );
|
|
|
|
contents.insert( indexOf( row1, i ), i2 );
|
|
|
|
contents.remove( indexOf( row2, i ) );
|
|
|
|
contents.insert( indexOf( row2, i ), tmpContents[ i ] );
|
|
|
|
if ( contents[ indexOf( row1, i ) ] )
|
|
|
|
contents[ indexOf( row1, i ) ]->setRow( row1 );
|
|
|
|
if ( contents[ indexOf( row2, i ) ] )
|
|
|
|
contents[ indexOf( row2, i ) ]->setRow( row2 );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQWidget *w1, *w2;
|
|
|
|
w1 = cellWidget( row1, i );
|
|
|
|
w2 = cellWidget( row2, i );
|
|
|
|
if ( w1 || w2 ) {
|
|
|
|
tmpWidgets.insert( i, w1 );
|
|
|
|
widgets.remove( indexOf( row1, i ) );
|
|
|
|
widgets.insert( indexOf( row1, i ), w2 );
|
|
|
|
widgets.remove( indexOf( row2, i ) );
|
|
|
|
widgets.insert( indexOf( row2, i ), tmpWidgets[ i ] );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
contents.setAutoDelete( FALSE );
|
|
|
|
widgets.setAutoDelete( TRUE );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
updateRowWidgets( row1 );
|
|
|
|
updateRowWidgets( row2 );
|
|
|
|
if ( curRow == row1 )
|
|
|
|
curRow = row2;
|
|
|
|
else if ( curRow == row2 )
|
|
|
|
curRow = row1;
|
|
|
|
if ( editRow == row1 )
|
|
|
|
editRow = row2;
|
|
|
|
else if ( editRow == row2 )
|
|
|
|
editRow = row1;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Sets the left margin to be \a m pixels wide.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The verticalHeader(), which displays row labels, occupies this
|
|
|
|
margin.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In an Arabic or Hebrew localization, the verticalHeader() will
|
|
|
|
appear on the right side of the table, and this call will set the
|
|
|
|
right margin.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa leftMargin() setTopMargin() verticalHeader()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::setLeftMargin( int m )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( TQApplication::reverseLayout() )
|
|
|
|
setMargins( leftMargin(), topMargin(), m, bottomMargin() );
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
setMargins( m, topMargin(), rightMargin(), bottomMargin() );
|
|
|
|
updateGeometries();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Sets the top margin to be \a m pixels high.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The horizontalHeader(), which displays column labels, occupies
|
|
|
|
this margin.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa topMargin() setLeftMargin()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::setTopMargin( int m )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
setMargins( leftMargin(), m, rightMargin(), bottomMargin() );
|
|
|
|
updateGeometries();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Swaps the data in \a col1 with \a col2.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This function is used to swap the positions of two columns. It is
|
|
|
|
called when the user changes the order of columns (see
|
|
|
|
setColumnMovingEnabled(), and when columns are sorted.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you don't use \l{TQTableItem}s and want your users to be able to
|
|
|
|
swap columns you will need to reimplement this function. (See the
|
|
|
|
notes on large tables.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If \a swapHeader is TRUE, the columns' header contents is also
|
|
|
|
swapped.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa swapCells()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::swapColumns( int col1, int col2, bool swapHeader )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( swapHeader )
|
|
|
|
topHeader->swapSections( col1, col2, FALSE );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQPtrVector<TQTableItem> tmpContents;
|
|
|
|
tmpContents.resize( numRows() );
|
|
|
|
TQPtrVector<TQWidget> tmpWidgets;
|
|
|
|
tmpWidgets.resize( numRows() );
|
|
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
contents.setAutoDelete( FALSE );
|
|
|
|
widgets.setAutoDelete( FALSE );
|
|
|
|
for ( i = 0; i < numRows(); ++i ) {
|
|
|
|
TQTableItem *i1, *i2;
|
|
|
|
i1 = item( i, col1 );
|
|
|
|
i2 = item( i, col2 );
|
|
|
|
if ( i1 || i2 ) {
|
|
|
|
tmpContents.insert( i, i1 );
|
|
|
|
contents.remove( indexOf( i, col1 ) );
|
|
|
|
contents.insert( indexOf( i, col1 ), i2 );
|
|
|
|
contents.remove( indexOf( i, col2 ) );
|
|
|
|
contents.insert( indexOf( i, col2 ), tmpContents[ i ] );
|
|
|
|
if ( contents[ indexOf( i, col1 ) ] )
|
|
|
|
contents[ indexOf( i, col1 ) ]->setCol( col1 );
|
|
|
|
if ( contents[ indexOf( i, col2 ) ] )
|
|
|
|
contents[ indexOf( i, col2 ) ]->setCol( col2 );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQWidget *w1, *w2;
|
|
|
|
w1 = cellWidget( i, col1 );
|
|
|
|
w2 = cellWidget( i, col2 );
|
|
|
|
if ( w1 || w2 ) {
|
|
|
|
tmpWidgets.insert( i, w1 );
|
|
|
|
widgets.remove( indexOf( i, col1 ) );
|
|
|
|
widgets.insert( indexOf( i, col1 ), w2 );
|
|
|
|
widgets.remove( indexOf( i, col2 ) );
|
|
|
|
widgets.insert( indexOf( i, col2 ), tmpWidgets[ i ] );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
contents.setAutoDelete( FALSE );
|
|
|
|
widgets.setAutoDelete( TRUE );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
columnWidthChanged( col1 );
|
|
|
|
columnWidthChanged( col2 );
|
|
|
|
if ( curCol == col1 )
|
|
|
|
curCol = col2;
|
|
|
|
else if ( curCol == col2 )
|
|
|
|
curCol = col1;
|
|
|
|
if ( editCol == col1 )
|
|
|
|
editCol = col2;
|
|
|
|
else if ( editCol == col2 )
|
|
|
|
editCol = col1;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Swaps the contents of the cell at \a row1, \a col1 with the
|
|
|
|
contents of the cell at \a row2, \a col2.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This function is also called when the table is sorted.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you don't use \l{TQTableItem}s and want your users to be able to
|
|
|
|
swap cells, you will need to reimplement this function. (See the
|
|
|
|
notes on large tables.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa swapColumns() swapRows()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::swapCells( int row1, int col1, int row2, int col2 )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
contents.setAutoDelete( FALSE );
|
|
|
|
widgets.setAutoDelete( FALSE );
|
|
|
|
TQTableItem *i1, *i2;
|
|
|
|
i1 = item( row1, col1 );
|
|
|
|
i2 = item( row2, col2 );
|
|
|
|
if ( i1 || i2 ) {
|
|
|
|
TQTableItem *tmp = i1;
|
|
|
|
contents.remove( indexOf( row1, col1 ) );
|
|
|
|
contents.insert( indexOf( row1, col1 ), i2 );
|
|
|
|
contents.remove( indexOf( row2, col2 ) );
|
|
|
|
contents.insert( indexOf( row2, col2 ), tmp );
|
|
|
|
if ( contents[ indexOf( row1, col1 ) ] ) {
|
|
|
|
contents[ indexOf( row1, col1 ) ]->setRow( row1 );
|
|
|
|
contents[ indexOf( row1, col1 ) ]->setCol( col1 );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( contents[ indexOf( row2, col2 ) ] ) {
|
|
|
|
contents[ indexOf( row2, col2 ) ]->setRow( row2 );
|
|
|
|
contents[ indexOf( row2, col2 ) ]->setCol( col2 );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQWidget *w1, *w2;
|
|
|
|
w1 = cellWidget( row1, col1 );
|
|
|
|
w2 = cellWidget( row2, col2 );
|
|
|
|
if ( w1 || w2 ) {
|
|
|
|
TQWidget *tmp = w1;
|
|
|
|
widgets.remove( indexOf( row1, col1 ) );
|
|
|
|
widgets.insert( indexOf( row1, col1 ), w2 );
|
|
|
|
widgets.remove( indexOf( row2, col2 ) );
|
|
|
|
widgets.insert( indexOf( row2, col2 ), tmp );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
updateRowWidgets( row1 );
|
|
|
|
updateRowWidgets( row2 );
|
|
|
|
updateColWidgets( col1 );
|
|
|
|
updateColWidgets( col2 );
|
|
|
|
contents.setAutoDelete( FALSE );
|
|
|
|
widgets.setAutoDelete( TRUE );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static bool is_child_of( TQWidget *child, TQWidget *parent )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
while ( child ) {
|
|
|
|
if ( child == parent )
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
|
child = child->parentWidget();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Draws the table contents on the painter \a p. This function is
|
|
|
|
optimized so that it only draws the cells inside the \a cw pixels
|
|
|
|
wide and \a ch pixels high clipping rectangle at position \a cx,
|
|
|
|
\a cy.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additionally, drawContents() highlights the current cell.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::drawContents( TQPainter *p, int cx, int cy, int cw, int ch )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
int colfirst = columnAt( cx );
|
|
|
|
int collast = columnAt( cx + cw );
|
|
|
|
int rowfirst = rowAt( cy );
|
|
|
|
int rowlast = rowAt( cy + ch );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( rowfirst == -1 || colfirst == -1 ) {
|
|
|
|
paintEmptyArea( p, cx, cy, cw, ch );
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
drawActiveSelection = hasFocus() || viewport()->hasFocus() || d->inMenuMode
|
|
|
|
|| is_child_of( qApp->focusWidget(), viewport() )
|
|
|
|
|| !style().styleHint( TQStyle::SH_ItemView_ChangeHighlightOnFocus, this );
|
|
|
|
if ( rowlast == -1 )
|
|
|
|
rowlast = numRows() - 1;
|
|
|
|
if ( collast == -1 )
|
|
|
|
collast = numCols() - 1;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool currentInSelection = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQPtrListIterator<TQTableSelection> it( selections );
|
|
|
|
TQTableSelection *s;
|
|
|
|
while ( ( s = it.current() ) != 0 ) {
|
|
|
|
++it;
|
|
|
|
if ( s->isActive() &&
|
|
|
|
curRow >= s->topRow() &&
|
|
|
|
curRow <= s->bottomRow() &&
|
|
|
|
curCol >= s->leftCol() &&
|
|
|
|
curCol <= s->rightCol() ) {
|
|
|
|
currentInSelection = s->topRow() != curRow || s->bottomRow() != curRow || s->leftCol() != curCol || s->rightCol() != curCol;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Go through the rows
|
|
|
|
for ( int r = rowfirst; r <= rowlast; ++r ) {
|
|
|
|
// get row position and height
|
|
|
|
int rowp = rowPos( r );
|
|
|
|
int rowh = rowHeight( r );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Go through the columns in row r
|
|
|
|
// if we know from where to where, go through [colfirst, collast],
|
|
|
|
// else go through all of them
|
|
|
|
for ( int c = colfirst; c <= collast; ++c ) {
|
|
|
|
// get position and width of column c
|
|
|
|
int colp, colw;
|
|
|
|
colp = columnPos( c );
|
|
|
|
colw = columnWidth( c );
|
|
|
|
int oldrp = rowp;
|
|
|
|
int oldrh = rowh;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQTableItem *itm = item( r, c );
|
|
|
|
if ( itm &&
|
|
|
|
( itm->colSpan() > 1 || itm->rowSpan() > 1 ) ) {
|
|
|
|
bool goon = r == itm->row() && c == itm->col() ||
|
|
|
|
r == rowfirst && c == itm->col() ||
|
|
|
|
r == itm->row() && c == colfirst;
|
|
|
|
if ( !goon )
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
rowp = rowPos( itm->row() );
|
|
|
|
rowh = 0;
|
|
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
for ( i = 0; i < itm->rowSpan(); ++i )
|
|
|
|
rowh += rowHeight( i + itm->row() );
|
|
|
|
colp = columnPos( itm->col() );
|
|
|
|
colw = 0;
|
|
|
|
for ( i = 0; i < itm->colSpan(); ++i )
|
|
|
|
colw += columnWidth( i + itm->col() );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Translate painter and draw the cell
|
|
|
|
p->translate( colp, rowp );
|
|
|
|
bool selected = isSelected( r, c );
|
|
|
|
if ( focusStl != FollowStyle && selected && !currentInSelection &&
|
|
|
|
r == curRow && c == curCol )
|
|
|
|
selected = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
paintCell( p, r, c, TQRect( colp, rowp, colw, rowh ), selected );
|
|
|
|
p->translate( -colp, -rowp );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rowp = oldrp;
|
|
|
|
rowh = oldrh;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQWidget *w = cellWidget( r, c );
|
|
|
|
TQRect cg( cellGeometry( r, c ) );
|
|
|
|
if ( w && w->geometry() != TQRect( contentsToViewport( cg.topLeft() ), cg.size() - TQSize( 1, 1 ) ) ) {
|
|
|
|
moveChild( w, colp, rowp );
|
|
|
|
w->resize( cg.size() - TQSize( 1, 1 ) );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
d->lastVisCol = collast;
|
|
|
|
d->lastVisRow = rowlast;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// draw indication of current cell
|
|
|
|
TQRect focusRect = cellGeometry( curRow, curCol );
|
|
|
|
p->translate( focusRect.x(), focusRect.y() );
|
|
|
|
paintFocus( p, focusRect );
|
|
|
|
p->translate( -focusRect.x(), -focusRect.y() );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Paint empty rects
|
|
|
|
paintEmptyArea( p, cx, cy, cw, ch );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
drawActiveSelection = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\reimp
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Implemented to get rid of a compiler warning.)
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::drawContents( TQPainter * )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Returns the geometry of cell \a row, \a col in the cell's
|
|
|
|
coordinate system. This is a convenience function useful in
|
|
|
|
paintCell(). It is equivalent to TQRect( TQPoint(0,0), cellGeometry(
|
|
|
|
row, col).size() );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa cellGeometry()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQRect TQTable::cellRect( int row, int col ) const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return TQRect( TQPoint(0,0), cellGeometry( row, col ).size() );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\overload
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Use the other paintCell() function. This function is only included
|
|
|
|
for backwards compatibilty.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::paintCell( TQPainter* p, int row, int col,
|
|
|
|
const TQRect &cr, bool selected )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( cr.width() == 0 || cr.height() == 0 )
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
#if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
|
|
|
|
const TQColorGroup &cg = ( !drawActiveSelection && style().styleHint( TQStyle::SH_ItemView_ChangeHighlightOnFocus ) ? palette().inactive() : colorGroup() );
|
|
|
|
#else
|
|
|
|
const TQColorGroup &cg = colorGroup();
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQTableItem *itm = item( row, col );
|
|
|
|
TQColorGroup cg2( cg );
|
|
|
|
if ( itm && !itm->isEnabled() )
|
|
|
|
cg2 = palette().disabled();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
paintCell( p, row, col, cr, selected, cg2 );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Paints the cell at \a row, \a col on the painter \a p. The painter
|
|
|
|
has already been translated to the cell's origin. \a cr describes
|
|
|
|
the cell coordinates in the content coordinate system.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If \a selected is TRUE the cell is highlighted.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\a cg is the colorgroup which should be used to draw the cell
|
|
|
|
content.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you want to draw custom cell content, for example right-aligned
|
|
|
|
text, you must either reimplement paintCell(), or subclass
|
|
|
|
TQTableItem and reimplement TQTableItem::paint() to do the custom
|
|
|
|
drawing.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you're using a TQTableItem subclass, for example, to store a
|
|
|
|
data structure, then reimplementing TQTableItem::paint() may be the
|
|
|
|
best approach. For data you want to draw immediately, e.g. data
|
|
|
|
retrieved from a database, it is probably best to reimplement
|
|
|
|
paintCell(). Note that if you reimplement paintCell(), i.e. don't
|
|
|
|
use \l{TQTableItem}s, you must reimplement other functions: see the
|
|
|
|
notes on large tables.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note that the painter is not clipped by default in order to get
|
|
|
|
maximum efficiency. If you want clipping, use code like this:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\code
|
|
|
|
p->setClipRect( cellRect(row, col), TQPainter::CoordPainter );
|
|
|
|
//... your drawing code
|
|
|
|
p->setClipping( FALSE );
|
|
|
|
\endcode
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::paintCell( TQPainter *p, int row, int col,
|
|
|
|
const TQRect &cr, bool selected, const TQColorGroup &cg )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( focusStl == SpreadSheet && selected &&
|
|
|
|
row == curRow &&
|
|
|
|
col == curCol && ( hasFocus() || viewport()->hasFocus() ) )
|
|
|
|
selected = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int w = cr.width();
|
|
|
|
int h = cr.height();
|
|
|
|
int x2 = w - 1;
|
|
|
|
int y2 = h - 1;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQTableItem *itm = item( row, col );
|
|
|
|
if ( itm ) {
|
|
|
|
p->save();
|
|
|
|
itm->paint( p, cg, cr, selected );
|
|
|
|
p->restore();
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
p->fillRect( 0, 0, w, h, selected ? cg.brush( TQColorGroup::Highlight ) : cg.brush( TQColorGroup::Base ) );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( sGrid ) {
|
|
|
|
// Draw our lines
|
|
|
|
TQPen pen( p->pen() );
|
|
|
|
int gridColor = style().styleHint( TQStyle::SH_Table_GridLineColor, this );
|
|
|
|
if (gridColor != -1) {
|
|
|
|
const TQPalette &pal = palette();
|
|
|
|
if (cg != colorGroup()
|
|
|
|
&& cg != pal.disabled()
|
|
|
|
&& cg != pal.inactive())
|
|
|
|
p->setPen(cg.mid());
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
p->setPen((TQRgb)gridColor);
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
p->setPen(cg.mid());
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
p->drawLine( x2, 0, x2, y2 );
|
|
|
|
p->drawLine( 0, y2, x2, y2 );
|
|
|
|
p->setPen( pen );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Draws the focus rectangle of the current cell (see currentRow(),
|
|
|
|
currentColumn()).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The painter \a p is already translated to the cell's origin, while
|
|
|
|
\a cr specifies the cell's geometry in content coordinates.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::paintFocus( TQPainter *p, const TQRect &cr )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( !hasFocus() && !viewport()->hasFocus() )
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
TQRect focusRect( 0, 0, cr.width(), cr.height() );
|
|
|
|
if ( focusStyle() == SpreadSheet ) {
|
|
|
|
p->setPen( TQPen( black, 1 ) );
|
|
|
|
p->setBrush( NoBrush );
|
|
|
|
p->drawRect( focusRect.x(), focusRect.y(), focusRect.width() - 1, focusRect.height() - 1 );
|
|
|
|
p->drawRect( focusRect.x() - 1, focusRect.y() - 1, focusRect.width() + 1, focusRect.height() + 1 );
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
TQColor c = isSelected( curRow, curCol, FALSE ) ?
|
|
|
|
colorGroup().highlight() : colorGroup().base();
|
|
|
|
style().drawPrimitive( TQStyle::PE_FocusRect, p, focusRect, colorGroup(),
|
|
|
|
( isSelected( curRow, curCol, FALSE ) ?
|
|
|
|
TQStyle::Style_FocusAtBorder :
|
|
|
|
TQStyle::Style_Default ),
|
|
|
|
TQStyleOption(c) );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
This function fills the \a cw pixels wide and \a ch pixels high
|
|
|
|
rectangle starting at position \a cx, \a cy with the background
|
|
|
|
color using the painter \a p.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
paintEmptyArea() is invoked by drawContents() to erase or fill
|
|
|
|
unused areas.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::paintEmptyArea( TQPainter *p, int cx, int cy, int cw, int ch )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
// Regions work with shorts, so avoid an overflow and adjust the
|
|
|
|
// table size to the visible size
|
|
|
|
TQSize ts( tableSize() );
|
|
|
|
ts.setWidth( TQMIN( ts.width(), visibleWidth() ) );
|
|
|
|
ts.setHeight( TQMIN( ts.height(), visibleHeight() ) );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Region of the rect we should draw, calculated in viewport
|
|
|
|
// coordinates, as a region can't handle bigger coordinates
|
|
|
|
contentsToViewport2( cx, cy, cx, cy );
|
|
|
|
TQRegion reg( TQRect( cx, cy, cw, ch ) );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Subtract the table from it
|
|
|
|
reg = reg.subtract( TQRect( TQPoint( 0, 0 ), ts ) );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// And draw the rectangles (transformed inc contents coordinates as needed)
|
|
|
|
TQMemArray<TQRect> r = reg.rects();
|
|
|
|
for ( int i = 0; i < (int)r.count(); ++i )
|
|
|
|
p->fillRect( TQRect(viewportToContents2(r[i].topLeft()),r[i].size()), viewport()->backgroundBrush() );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Returns the TQTableItem representing the contents of the cell at \a
|
|
|
|
row, \a col.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If \a row or \a col are out of range or no content has been set
|
|
|
|
for this cell, item() returns 0.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you don't use \l{TQTableItem}s you may need to reimplement this
|
|
|
|
function: see the notes on large tables.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa setItem()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQTableItem *TQTable::item( int row, int col ) const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( row < 0 || col < 0 || row > numRows() - 1 ||
|
|
|
|
col > numCols() - 1 || row * col >= (int)contents.size() )
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return contents[ indexOf( row, col ) ]; // contents array lookup
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Inserts the table item \a item into the table at row \a row,
|
|
|
|
column \a col, and repaints the cell. If a table item already
|
|
|
|
exists in this cell it is deleted and replaced with \a item. The
|
|
|
|
table takes ownership of the table item.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you don't use \l{TQTableItem}s you may need to reimplement this
|
|
|
|
function: see the notes on large tables.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa item() takeItem()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::setItem( int row, int col, TQTableItem *item )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( !item )
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( (int)contents.size() != numRows() * numCols() )
|
|
|
|
resizeData( numRows() * numCols() );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int orow = item->row();
|
|
|
|
int ocol = item->col();
|
|
|
|
clearCell( row, col );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
contents.insert( indexOf( row, col ), item );
|
|
|
|
item->setRow( row );
|
|
|
|
item->setCol( col );
|
|
|
|
item->t = this;
|
|
|
|
updateCell( row, col );
|
|
|
|
if ( qt_update_cell_widget )
|
|
|
|
item->updateEditor( orow, ocol );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( row == curRow && col == curCol && item->editType() == TQTableItem::WhenCurrent ) {
|
|
|
|
if ( beginEdit( row, col, FALSE ) )
|
|
|
|
setEditMode( Editing, row, col );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Removes the TQTableItem at \a row, \a col.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you don't use \l{TQTableItem}s you may need to reimplement this
|
|
|
|
function: see the notes on large tables.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::clearCell( int row, int col )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( (int)contents.size() != numRows() * numCols() )
|
|
|
|
resizeData( numRows() * numCols() );
|
|
|
|
clearCellWidget( row, col );
|
|
|
|
contents.setAutoDelete( TRUE );
|
|
|
|
contents.remove( indexOf( row, col ) );
|
|
|
|
contents.setAutoDelete( FALSE );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Sets the text in the cell at \a row, \a col to \a text.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If the cell does not contain a table item a TQTableItem is created
|
|
|
|
with an \link TQTableItem::EditType EditType\endlink of \c OnTyping,
|
|
|
|
otherwise the existing table item's text (if any) is replaced with
|
|
|
|
\a text.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa text() setPixmap() setItem() TQTableItem::setText()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::setText( int row, int col, const TQString &text )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
TQTableItem *itm = item( row, col );
|
|
|
|
if ( itm ) {
|
|
|
|
itm->setText( text );
|
|
|
|
itm->updateEditor( row, col );
|
|
|
|
updateCell( row, col );
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
TQTableItem *i = new TQTableItem( this, TQTableItem::OnTyping,
|
|
|
|
text, TQPixmap() );
|
|
|
|
setItem( row, col, i );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Sets the pixmap in the cell at \a row, \a col to \a pix.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If the cell does not contain a table item a TQTableItem is created
|
|
|
|
with an \link TQTableItem::EditType EditType\endlink of \c OnTyping,
|
|
|
|
otherwise the existing table item's pixmap (if any) is replaced
|
|
|
|
with \a pix.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note that \l{TQComboTableItem}s and \l{TQCheckTableItem}s don't show
|
|
|
|
pixmaps.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa pixmap() setText() setItem() TQTableItem::setPixmap()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::setPixmap( int row, int col, const TQPixmap &pix )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
TQTableItem *itm = item( row, col );
|
|
|
|
if ( itm ) {
|
|
|
|
itm->setPixmap( pix );
|
|
|
|
updateCell( row, col );
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
TQTableItem *i = new TQTableItem( this, TQTableItem::OnTyping,
|
|
|
|
TQString::null, pix );
|
|
|
|
setItem( row, col, i );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Returns the text in the cell at \a row, \a col, or TQString::null
|
|
|
|
if the relevant item does not exist or has no text.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa setText() setPixmap()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQString TQTable::text( int row, int col ) const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
TQTableItem *itm = item( row, col );
|
|
|
|
if ( itm )
|
|
|
|
return itm->text();
|
|
|
|
return TQString::null;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Returns the pixmap set for the cell at \a row, \a col, or a
|
|
|
|
null-pixmap if the cell contains no pixmap.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa setPixmap()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQPixmap TQTable::pixmap( int row, int col ) const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
TQTableItem *itm = item( row, col );
|
|
|
|
if ( itm )
|
|
|
|
return itm->pixmap();
|
|
|
|
return TQPixmap();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Moves the focus to the cell at \a row, \a col.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa currentRow() currentColumn()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::setCurrentCell( int row, int col )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
setCurrentCell( row, col, TRUE, TRUE );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// need to use a define, as leftMargin() is protected
|
|
|
|
#define VERTICALMARGIN \
|
|
|
|
( TQApplication::reverseLayout() ? \
|
|
|
|
rightMargin() \
|
|
|
|
: \
|
|
|
|
leftMargin() \
|
|
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*! \internal */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::setCurrentCell( int row, int col, bool updateSelections, bool ensureVisible )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
TQTableItem *oldItem = item( curRow, curCol );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( row > numRows() - 1 )
|
|
|
|
row = numRows() - 1;
|
|
|
|
if ( col > numCols() - 1 )
|
|
|
|
col = numCols() - 1;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( curRow == row && curCol == col )
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQTableItem *itm = oldItem;
|
|
|
|
if ( itm && itm->editType() != TQTableItem::Always && itm->editType() != TQTableItem::Never )
|
|
|
|
endEdit( itm->row(), itm->col(), TRUE, FALSE );
|
|
|
|
int oldRow = curRow;
|
|
|
|
int oldCol = curCol;
|
|
|
|
curRow = row;
|
|
|
|
curCol = col;
|
|
|
|
repaintCell( oldRow, oldCol );
|
|
|
|
repaintCell( curRow, curCol );
|
|
|
|
if ( ensureVisible )
|
|
|
|
ensureCellVisible( curRow, curCol );
|
|
|
|
emit currentChanged( row, col );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( oldCol != curCol ) {
|
|
|
|
if ( !isColumnSelected( oldCol ) )
|
|
|
|
topHeader->setSectionState( oldCol, TQTableHeader::Normal );
|
|
|
|
else if ( isRowSelection( selectionMode() ) )
|
|
|
|
topHeader->setSectionState( oldCol, TQTableHeader::Selected );
|
|
|
|
topHeader->setSectionState( curCol, isColumnSelected( curCol, TRUE ) ?
|
|
|
|
TQTableHeader::Selected : TQTableHeader::Bold );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( oldRow != curRow ) {
|
|
|
|
if ( !isRowSelected( oldRow ) )
|
|
|
|
leftHeader->setSectionState( oldRow, TQTableHeader::Normal );
|
|
|
|
leftHeader->setSectionState( curRow, isRowSelected( curRow, TRUE ) ?
|
|
|
|
TQTableHeader::Selected : TQTableHeader::Bold );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
itm = item( curRow, curCol );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQPoint cellPos( columnPos( curCol ) + leftMargin() - contentsX(),
|
|
|
|
rowPos( curRow ) + topMargin() - contentsY() );
|
|
|
|
setMicroFocusHint( cellPos.x(), cellPos.y(), columnWidth( curCol ),
|
|
|
|
rowHeight( curRow ), ( itm && itm->editType() != TQTableItem::Never ) );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( cellWidget( oldRow, oldCol ) &&
|
|
|
|
cellWidget( oldRow, oldCol )->hasFocus() )
|
|
|
|
viewport()->setFocus();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( itm && itm->editType() == TQTableItem::WhenCurrent ) {
|
|
|
|
if ( beginEdit( itm->row(), itm->col(), FALSE ) )
|
|
|
|
setEditMode( Editing, itm->row(), itm->col() );
|
|
|
|
} else if ( itm && itm->editType() == TQTableItem::Always ) {
|
|
|
|
if ( cellWidget( itm->row(), itm->col() ) )
|
|
|
|
cellWidget( itm->row(), itm->col() )->setFocus();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( updateSelections && isRowSelection( selectionMode() ) &&
|
|
|
|
!isSelected( curRow, curCol, FALSE ) ) {
|
|
|
|
if ( selectionMode() == TQTable::SingleRow )
|
|
|
|
clearSelection();
|
|
|
|
currentSel = new TQTableSelection();
|
|
|
|
selections.append( currentSel );
|
|
|
|
currentSel->init( curRow, 0 );
|
|
|
|
currentSel->expandTo( curRow, numCols() - 1 );
|
|
|
|
repaintSelections( 0, currentSel );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Scrolls the table until the cell at \a row, \a col becomes
|
|
|
|
visible.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::ensureCellVisible( int row, int col )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( !isUpdatesEnabled() || !viewport()->isUpdatesEnabled() )
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
int cw = columnWidth( col );
|
|
|
|
int rh = rowHeight( row );
|
|
|
|
if ( cw < visibleWidth() )
|
|
|
|
ensureVisible( columnPos( col ) + cw / 2, rowPos( row ) + rh / 2, cw / 2, rh / 2 );
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
ensureVisible( columnPos( col ), rowPos( row ) + rh / 2, 0, rh / 2 );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Returns TRUE if the cell at \a row, \a col is selected; otherwise
|
|
|
|
returns FALSE.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa isRowSelected() isColumnSelected()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool TQTable::isSelected( int row, int col ) const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return isSelected( row, col, TRUE );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*! \internal */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool TQTable::isSelected( int row, int col, bool includeCurrent ) const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
TQPtrListIterator<TQTableSelection> it( selections );
|
|
|
|
TQTableSelection *s;
|
|
|
|
while ( ( s = it.current() ) != 0 ) {
|
|
|
|
++it;
|
|
|
|
if ( s->isActive() &&
|
|
|
|
row >= s->topRow() &&
|
|
|
|
row <= s->bottomRow() &&
|
|
|
|
col >= s->leftCol() &&
|
|
|
|
col <= s->rightCol() )
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
|
if ( includeCurrent && row == currentRow() && col == currentColumn() )
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Returns TRUE if row \a row is selected; otherwise returns FALSE.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If \a full is FALSE (the default), 'row is selected' means that at
|
|
|
|
least one cell in the row is selected. If \a full is TRUE, then 'row
|
|
|
|
is selected' means every cell in the row is selected.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa isColumnSelected() isSelected()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool TQTable::isRowSelected( int row, bool full ) const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( !full ) {
|
|
|
|
TQPtrListIterator<TQTableSelection> it( selections );
|
|
|
|
TQTableSelection *s;
|
|
|
|
while ( ( s = it.current() ) != 0 ) {
|
|
|
|
++it;
|
|
|
|
if ( s->isActive() &&
|
|
|
|
row >= s->topRow() &&
|
|
|
|
row <= s->bottomRow() )
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
|
if ( row == currentRow() )
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
TQPtrListIterator<TQTableSelection> it( selections );
|
|
|
|
TQTableSelection *s;
|
|
|
|
while ( ( s = it.current() ) != 0 ) {
|
|
|
|
++it;
|
|
|
|
if ( s->isActive() &&
|
|
|
|
row >= s->topRow() &&
|
|
|
|
row <= s->bottomRow() &&
|
|
|
|
s->leftCol() == 0 &&
|
|
|
|
s->rightCol() == numCols() - 1 )
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Returns TRUE if column \a col is selected; otherwise returns FALSE.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If \a full is FALSE (the default), 'column is selected' means that
|
|
|
|
at least one cell in the column is selected. If \a full is TRUE,
|
|
|
|
then 'column is selected' means every cell in the column is
|
|
|
|
selected.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa isRowSelected() isSelected()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool TQTable::isColumnSelected( int col, bool full ) const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( !full ) {
|
|
|
|
TQPtrListIterator<TQTableSelection> it( selections );
|
|
|
|
TQTableSelection *s;
|
|
|
|
while ( ( s = it.current() ) != 0 ) {
|
|
|
|
++it;
|
|
|
|
if ( s->isActive() &&
|
|
|
|
col >= s->leftCol() &&
|
|
|
|
col <= s->rightCol() )
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
|
if ( col == currentColumn() )
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
TQPtrListIterator<TQTableSelection> it( selections );
|
|
|
|
TQTableSelection *s;
|
|
|
|
while ( ( s = it.current() ) != 0 ) {
|
|
|
|
++it;
|
|
|
|
if ( s->isActive() &&
|
|
|
|
col >= s->leftCol() &&
|
|
|
|
col <= s->rightCol() &&
|
|
|
|
s->topRow() == 0 &&
|
|
|
|
s->bottomRow() == numRows() - 1 )
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\property TQTable::numSelections
|
|
|
|
\brief The number of selections.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa currentSelection()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int TQTable::numSelections() const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return selections.count();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Returns selection number \a num, or an inactive TQTableSelection if \a
|
|
|
|
num is out of range (see TQTableSelection::isActive()).
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQTableSelection TQTable::selection( int num ) const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( num < 0 || num >= (int)selections.count() )
|
|
|
|
return TQTableSelection();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQTableSelection *s = ( (TQTable*)this )->selections.at( num );
|
|
|
|
return *s;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Adds a selection described by \a s to the table and returns its
|
|
|
|
number or -1 if the selection is invalid.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Remember to call TQTableSelection::init() and
|
|
|
|
TQTableSelection::expandTo() to make the selection valid (see also
|
|
|
|
TQTableSelection::isActive(), or use the
|
|
|
|
TQTableSelection(int,int,int,int) constructor).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa numSelections() removeSelection() clearSelection()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int TQTable::addSelection( const TQTableSelection &s )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( !s.isActive() )
|
|
|
|
return -1;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const int maxr = numRows()-1;
|
|
|
|
const int maxc = numCols()-1;
|
|
|
|
TQTableSelection *sel = new TQTableSelection( TQMIN(s.anchorRow(), maxr), TQMIN(s.anchorCol(), maxc),
|
|
|
|
TQMIN(s.bottomRow(), maxr), TQMIN(s.rightCol(), maxc) );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
selections.append( sel );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
repaintSelections( 0, sel, TRUE, TRUE );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
emit selectionChanged();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return selections.count() - 1;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
If the table has a selection, \a s, this selection is removed from
|
|
|
|
the table.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa addSelection() numSelections()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::removeSelection( const TQTableSelection &s )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
selections.setAutoDelete( FALSE );
|
|
|
|
for ( TQTableSelection *sel = selections.first(); sel; sel = selections.next() ) {
|
|
|
|
if ( s == *sel ) {
|
|
|
|
selections.removeRef( sel );
|
|
|
|
repaintSelections( sel, 0, TRUE, TRUE );
|
|
|
|
if ( sel == currentSel )
|
|
|
|
currentSel = 0;
|
|
|
|
delete sel;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
selections.setAutoDelete( TRUE );
|
|
|
|
emit selectionChanged();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\overload
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Removes selection number \a num from the table.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa numSelections() addSelection() clearSelection()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::removeSelection( int num )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( num < 0 || num >= (int)selections.count() )
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQTableSelection *s = selections.at( num );
|
|
|
|
if ( s == currentSel )
|
|
|
|
currentSel = 0;
|
|
|
|
selections.removeRef( s );
|
|
|
|
repaintContents( FALSE );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Returns the number of the current selection or -1 if there is no
|
|
|
|
current selection.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa numSelections()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int TQTable::currentSelection() const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( !currentSel )
|
|
|
|
return -1;
|
|
|
|
return ( (TQTable*)this )->selections.findRef( currentSel );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*! Selects the range starting at \a start_row and \a start_col and
|
|
|
|
ending at \a end_row and \a end_col.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa TQTableSelection
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::selectCells( int start_row, int start_col, int end_row, int end_col )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
const int maxr = numRows()-1;
|
|
|
|
const int maxc = numCols()-1;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
start_row = TQMIN( maxr, TQMAX( 0, start_row ) );
|
|
|
|
start_col = TQMIN( maxc, TQMAX( 0, start_col ) );
|
|
|
|
end_row = TQMIN( maxr, end_row );
|
|
|
|
end_col = TQMIN( maxc, end_col );
|
|
|
|
TQTableSelection sel( start_row, start_col, end_row, end_col );
|
|
|
|
addSelection( sel );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*! Selects the row \a row.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa TQTableSelection
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// ### Make this virtual in 4.0 and remove hack for TQDataTable
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::selectRow( int row )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
row = TQMIN(numRows()-1, row);
|
|
|
|
if ( row < 0 )
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
bool isDataTable = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
#ifndef QT_NO_SQL
|
|
|
|
isDataTable = ::qt_cast<TQDataTable*>(this) != 0;
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
if ( isDataTable || selectionMode() == SingleRow ) {
|
|
|
|
setCurrentCell( row, currentColumn() );
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
TQTableSelection sel( row, 0, row, numCols() - 1 );
|
|
|
|
addSelection( sel );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*! Selects the column \a col.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa TQTableSelection
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// ### Make this virtual in 4.0
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::selectColumn( int col )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
col = TQMIN(numCols()-1, col);
|
|
|
|
TQTableSelection sel( 0, col, numRows() - 1, col );
|
|
|
|
addSelection( sel );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*! \reimp
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::contentsMousePressEvent( TQMouseEvent* e )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
contentsMousePressEventEx( e );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::contentsMousePressEventEx( TQMouseEvent* e )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
shouldClearSelection = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
if ( isEditing() ) {
|
|
|
|
if ( !cellGeometry( editRow, editCol ).contains( e->pos() ) ) {
|
|
|
|
endEdit( editRow, editCol, TRUE, edMode != Editing );
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
e->ignore();
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
d->redirectMouseEvent = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int tmpRow = rowAt( e->pos().y() );
|
|
|
|
int tmpCol = columnAt( e->pos().x() );
|
|
|
|
pressedRow = tmpRow;
|
|
|
|
pressedCol = tmpCol;
|
|
|
|
fixRow( tmpRow, e->pos().y() );
|
|
|
|
fixCol( tmpCol, e->pos().x() );
|
|
|
|
startDragCol = -1;
|
|
|
|
startDragRow = -1;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( isSelected( tmpRow, tmpCol ) ) {
|
|
|
|
startDragCol = tmpCol;
|
|
|
|
startDragRow = tmpRow;
|
|
|
|
dragStartPos = e->pos();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQTableItem *itm = item( pressedRow, pressedCol );
|
|
|
|
if ( itm && !itm->isEnabled() ) {
|
|
|
|
emit pressed( tmpRow, tmpCol, e->button(), e->pos() );
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( ( e->state() & ShiftButton ) == ShiftButton ) {
|
|
|
|
int oldRow = curRow;
|
|
|
|
int oldCol = curCol;
|
|
|
|
setCurrentCell( tmpRow, tmpCol, selMode == SingleRow, TRUE );
|
|
|
|
if ( selMode != NoSelection && selMode != SingleRow ) {
|
|
|
|
if ( !currentSel ) {
|
|
|
|
currentSel = new TQTableSelection();
|
|
|
|
selections.append( currentSel );
|
|
|
|
if ( !isRowSelection( selectionMode() ) )
|
|
|
|
currentSel->init( oldRow, oldCol );
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
currentSel->init( oldRow, 0 );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
TQTableSelection oldSelection = *currentSel;
|
|
|
|
if ( !isRowSelection( selectionMode() ) )
|
|
|
|
currentSel->expandTo( tmpRow, tmpCol );
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
currentSel->expandTo( tmpRow, numCols() - 1 );
|
|
|
|
repaintSelections( &oldSelection, currentSel );
|
|
|
|
emit selectionChanged();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
} else if ( ( e->state() & ControlButton ) == ControlButton ) {
|
|
|
|
setCurrentCell( tmpRow, tmpCol, FALSE, TRUE );
|
|
|
|
if ( selMode != NoSelection ) {
|
|
|
|
if ( selMode == Single || selMode == SingleRow && !isSelected( tmpRow, tmpCol, FALSE ) )
|
|
|
|
clearSelection();
|
|
|
|
if ( !(selMode == SingleRow && isSelected( tmpRow, tmpCol, FALSE )) ) {
|
|
|
|
currentSel = new TQTableSelection();
|
|
|
|
selections.append( currentSel );
|
|
|
|
if ( !isRowSelection( selectionMode() ) ) {
|
|
|
|
currentSel->init( tmpRow, tmpCol );
|
|
|
|
currentSel->expandTo( tmpRow, tmpCol );
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
currentSel->init( tmpRow, 0 );
|
|
|
|
currentSel->expandTo( tmpRow, numCols() - 1 );
|
|
|
|
repaintSelections( 0, currentSel );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
emit selectionChanged();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
setCurrentCell( tmpRow, tmpCol, FALSE, TRUE );
|
|
|
|
TQTableItem *itm = item( tmpRow, tmpCol );
|
|
|
|
if ( itm && itm->editType() == TQTableItem::WhenCurrent ) {
|
|
|
|
TQWidget *w = cellWidget( tmpRow, tmpCol );
|
|
|
|
if ( ::qt_cast<TQComboBox*>(w) || ::qt_cast<TQButton*>(w) ) {
|
|
|
|
TQMouseEvent ev( e->type(), w->mapFromGlobal( e->globalPos() ),
|
|
|
|
e->globalPos(), e->button(), e->state() );
|
|
|
|
TQApplication::sendPostedEvents( w, 0 );
|
|
|
|
TQApplication::sendEvent( w, &ev );
|
|
|
|
d->redirectMouseEvent = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( isSelected( tmpRow, tmpCol, FALSE ) ) {
|
|
|
|
shouldClearSelection = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
bool b = signalsBlocked();
|
|
|
|
if ( selMode != NoSelection )
|
|
|
|
blockSignals( TRUE );
|
|
|
|
clearSelection();
|
|
|
|
blockSignals( b );
|
|
|
|
if ( selMode != NoSelection ) {
|
|
|
|
currentSel = new TQTableSelection();
|
|
|
|
selections.append( currentSel );
|
|
|
|
if ( !isRowSelection( selectionMode() ) ) {
|
|
|
|
currentSel->init( tmpRow, tmpCol );
|
|
|
|
currentSel->expandTo( tmpRow, tmpCol );
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
currentSel->init( tmpRow, 0 );
|
|
|
|
currentSel->expandTo( tmpRow, numCols() - 1 );
|
|
|
|
repaintSelections( 0, currentSel );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
emit selectionChanged();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
emit pressed( tmpRow, tmpCol, e->button(), e->pos() );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*! \reimp
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::contentsMouseDoubleClickEvent( TQMouseEvent *e )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( e->button() != LeftButton )
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
if ( !isRowSelection( selectionMode() ) )
|
|
|
|
clearSelection();
|
|
|
|
int tmpRow = rowAt( e->pos().y() );
|
|
|
|
int tmpCol = columnAt( e->pos().x() );
|
|
|
|
TQTableItem *itm = item( tmpRow, tmpCol );
|
|
|
|
if ( itm && !itm->isEnabled() )
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
if ( tmpRow != -1 && tmpCol != -1 ) {
|
|
|
|
if ( beginEdit( tmpRow, tmpCol, FALSE ) )
|
|
|
|
setEditMode( Editing, tmpRow, tmpCol );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
emit doubleClicked( tmpRow, tmpCol, e->button(), e->pos() );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Sets the current edit mode to \a mode, the current edit row to \a
|
|
|
|
row and the current edit column to \a col.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa EditMode
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::setEditMode( EditMode mode, int row, int col )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
edMode = mode;
|
|
|
|
editRow = row;
|
|
|
|
editCol = col;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*! \reimp
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::contentsMouseMoveEvent( TQMouseEvent *e )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( (e->state() & MouseButtonMask) == NoButton )
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
int tmpRow = rowAt( e->pos().y() );
|
|
|
|
int tmpCol = columnAt( e->pos().x() );
|
|
|
|
fixRow( tmpRow, e->pos().y() );
|
|
|
|
fixCol( tmpCol, e->pos().x() );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifndef QT_NO_DRAGANDDROP
|
|
|
|
if ( dragEnabled() && startDragRow != -1 && startDragCol != -1 ) {
|
|
|
|
if (TQPoint(dragStartPos - e->pos()).manhattanLength() > TQApplication::startDragDistance())
|
|
|
|
startDrag();
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
if ( selectionMode() == MultiRow && ( e->state() & ControlButton ) == ControlButton )
|
|
|
|
shouldClearSelection = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( shouldClearSelection ) {
|
|
|
|
clearSelection();
|
|
|
|
if ( selMode != NoSelection ) {
|
|
|
|
currentSel = new TQTableSelection();
|
|
|
|
selections.append( currentSel );
|
|
|
|
if ( !isRowSelection( selectionMode() ) )
|
|
|
|
currentSel->init( tmpRow, tmpCol );
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
currentSel->init( tmpRow, 0 );
|
|
|
|
emit selectionChanged();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
shouldClearSelection = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQPoint pos = mapFromGlobal( e->globalPos() );
|
|
|
|
pos -= TQPoint( leftHeader->width(), topHeader->height() );
|
|
|
|
autoScrollTimer->stop();
|
|
|
|
doAutoScroll();
|
|
|
|
if ( pos.x() < 0 || pos.x() > visibleWidth() || pos.y() < 0 || pos.y() > visibleHeight() )
|
|
|
|
autoScrollTimer->start( 100, TRUE );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*! \internal
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::doValueChanged()
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
emit valueChanged( editRow, editCol );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*! \internal
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::doAutoScroll()
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
TQPoint pos = TQCursor::pos();
|
|
|
|
pos = mapFromGlobal( pos );
|
|
|
|
pos -= TQPoint( leftHeader->width(), topHeader->height() );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int tmpRow = curRow;
|
|
|
|
int tmpCol = curCol;
|
|
|
|
if ( pos.y() < 0 )
|
|
|
|
tmpRow--;
|
|
|
|
else if ( pos.y() > visibleHeight() )
|
|
|
|
tmpRow++;
|
|
|
|
if ( pos.x() < 0 )
|
|
|
|
tmpCol--;
|
|
|
|
else if ( pos.x() > visibleWidth() )
|
|
|
|
tmpCol++;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
pos += TQPoint( contentsX(), contentsY() );
|
|
|
|
if ( tmpRow == curRow )
|
|
|
|
tmpRow = rowAt( pos.y() );
|
|
|
|
if ( tmpCol == curCol )
|
|
|
|
tmpCol = columnAt( pos.x() );
|
|
|
|
pos -= TQPoint( contentsX(), contentsY() );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
fixRow( tmpRow, pos.y() );
|
|
|
|
fixCol( tmpCol, pos.x() );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( tmpRow < 0 || tmpRow > numRows() - 1 )
|
|
|
|
tmpRow = currentRow();
|
|
|
|
if ( tmpCol < 0 || tmpCol > numCols() - 1 )
|
|
|
|
tmpCol = currentColumn();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ensureCellVisible( tmpRow, tmpCol );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( currentSel && selMode != NoSelection ) {
|
|
|
|
TQTableSelection oldSelection = *currentSel;
|
|
|
|
bool useOld = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
if ( selMode != SingleRow ) {
|
|
|
|
if ( !isRowSelection( selectionMode() ) ) {
|
|
|
|
currentSel->expandTo( tmpRow, tmpCol );
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
currentSel->expandTo( tmpRow, numCols() - 1 );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
bool currentInSelection = tmpRow == curRow && isSelected( tmpRow, tmpCol );
|
|
|
|
if ( !currentInSelection ) {
|
|
|
|
useOld = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
clearSelection();
|
|
|
|
currentSel = new TQTableSelection();
|
|
|
|
selections.append( currentSel );
|
|
|
|
currentSel->init( tmpRow, 0 );
|
|
|
|
currentSel->expandTo( tmpRow, numCols() - 1 );
|
|
|
|
repaintSelections( 0, currentSel );
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
currentSel->expandTo( tmpRow, numCols() - 1 );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
setCurrentCell( tmpRow, tmpCol, FALSE, TRUE );
|
|
|
|
repaintSelections( useOld ? &oldSelection : 0, currentSel );
|
|
|
|
if ( currentSel && oldSelection != *currentSel )
|
|
|
|
emit selectionChanged();
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
setCurrentCell( tmpRow, tmpCol, FALSE, TRUE );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( pos.x() < 0 || pos.x() > visibleWidth() || pos.y() < 0 || pos.y() > visibleHeight() )
|
|
|
|
autoScrollTimer->start( 100, TRUE );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*! \reimp
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::contentsMouseReleaseEvent( TQMouseEvent *e )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( pressedRow == curRow && pressedCol == curCol )
|
|
|
|
emit clicked( curRow, curCol, e->button(), e->pos() );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( e->button() != LeftButton )
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
if ( shouldClearSelection ) {
|
|
|
|
int tmpRow = rowAt( e->pos().y() );
|
|
|
|
int tmpCol = columnAt( e->pos().x() );
|
|
|
|
fixRow( tmpRow, e->pos().y() );
|
|
|
|
fixCol( tmpCol, e->pos().x() );
|
|
|
|
clearSelection();
|
|
|
|
if ( selMode != NoSelection ) {
|
|
|
|
currentSel = new TQTableSelection();
|
|
|
|
selections.append( currentSel );
|
|
|
|
if ( !isRowSelection( selectionMode() ) ) {
|
|
|
|
currentSel->init( tmpRow, tmpCol );
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
currentSel->init( tmpRow, 0 );
|
|
|
|
currentSel->expandTo( tmpRow, numCols() - 1 );
|
|
|
|
repaintSelections( 0, currentSel );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
emit selectionChanged();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
shouldClearSelection = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
autoScrollTimer->stop();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( d->redirectMouseEvent && pressedRow == curRow && pressedCol == curCol &&
|
|
|
|
item( pressedRow, pressedCol ) && item( pressedRow, pressedCol )->editType() ==
|
|
|
|
TQTableItem::WhenCurrent ) {
|
|
|
|
TQWidget *w = cellWidget( pressedRow, pressedCol );
|
|
|
|
if ( w ) {
|
|
|
|
TQMouseEvent ev( e->type(), w->mapFromGlobal( e->globalPos() ),
|
|
|
|
e->globalPos(), e->button(), e->state() );
|
|
|
|
TQApplication::sendPostedEvents( w, 0 );
|
|
|
|
TQApplication::sendEvent( w, &ev );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\reimp
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::contentsContextMenuEvent( TQContextMenuEvent *e )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( !receivers( SIGNAL(contextMenuRequested(int,int,const TQPoint&)) ) ) {
|
|
|
|
e->ignore();
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( e->reason() == TQContextMenuEvent::Keyboard ) {
|
|
|
|
TQRect r = cellGeometry( curRow, curCol );
|
|
|
|
emit contextMenuRequested( curRow, curCol, viewport()->mapToGlobal( contentsToViewport( r.center() ) ) );
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
int tmpRow = rowAt( e->pos().y() );
|
|
|
|
int tmpCol = columnAt( e->pos().x() );
|
|
|
|
emit contextMenuRequested( tmpRow, tmpCol, e->globalPos() );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*! \reimp
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool TQTable::eventFilter( TQObject *o, TQEvent *e )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
TQWidget *editorWidget = cellWidget( editRow, editCol );
|
|
|
|
switch ( e->type() ) {
|
|
|
|
case TQEvent::KeyPress: {
|
|
|
|
TQTableItem *itm = item( curRow, curCol );
|
|
|
|
int editRow = this->editRow;
|
|
|
|
int editCol = this->editCol;
|
|
|
|
if ((d->hasRowSpan || d->hasColSpan) && !editorWidget) {
|
|
|
|
if (TQTableItem *eitm = item(editRow, editCol)) {
|
|
|
|
editRow = eitm->row();
|
|
|
|
editCol = eitm->col();
|
|
|
|
editorWidget = cellWidget(editRow, editCol);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( isEditing() && editorWidget && o == editorWidget ) {
|
|
|
|
itm = item( editRow, editCol );
|
|
|
|
TQKeyEvent *ke = (TQKeyEvent*)e;
|
|
|
|
if ( ke->key() == Key_Escape ) {
|
|
|
|
if ( !itm || itm->editType() == TQTableItem::OnTyping )
|
|
|
|
endEdit( editRow, editCol, FALSE, edMode != Editing );
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( ( ke->state() == NoButton || ke->state() == Keypad )
|
|
|
|
&& ( ke->key() == Key_Return || ke->key() == Key_Enter ) ) {
|
|
|
|
if ( !itm || itm->editType() == TQTableItem::OnTyping )
|
|
|
|
endEdit( editRow, editCol, TRUE, edMode != Editing );
|
|
|
|
activateNextCell();
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( ke->key() == Key_Tab || ke->key() == Key_BackTab ) {
|
|
|
|
if ( ke->state() & TQt::ControlButton )
|
|
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
|
if ( !itm || itm->editType() == TQTableItem::OnTyping )
|
|
|
|
endEdit( editRow, editCol, TRUE, edMode != Editing );
|
|
|
|
if ( (ke->key() == Key_Tab) && !(ke->state() & ShiftButton) ) {
|
|
|
|
if ( currentColumn() >= numCols() - 1 )
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
|
int cc = TQMIN( numCols() - 1, currentColumn() + 1 );
|
|
|
|
while ( cc < numCols() ) {
|
|
|
|
TQTableItem *i = item( currentRow(), cc );
|
|
|
|
if ( !d->hiddenCols.find( cc ) && !isColumnReadOnly( cc ) && (!i || i->isEnabled()) )
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
++cc;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
setCurrentCell( currentRow(), cc );
|
|
|
|
} else { // Key_BackTab
|
|
|
|
if ( currentColumn() == 0 )
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
|
int cc = TQMAX( 0, currentColumn() - 1 );
|
|
|
|
while ( cc >= 0 ) {
|
|
|
|
TQTableItem *i = item( currentRow(), cc );
|
|
|
|
if ( !d->hiddenCols.find( cc ) && !isColumnReadOnly( cc ) && (!i || i->isEnabled()) )
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
--cc;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
setCurrentCell( currentRow(), cc );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
itm = item( curRow, curCol );
|
|
|
|
if ( beginEdit( curRow, curCol, FALSE ) )
|
|
|
|
setEditMode( Editing, curRow, curCol );
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( ( edMode == Replacing ||
|
|
|
|
itm && itm->editType() == TQTableItem::WhenCurrent ) &&
|
|
|
|
( ke->key() == Key_Up || ke->key() == Key_Prior ||
|
|
|
|
ke->key() == Key_Home || ke->key() == Key_Down ||
|
|
|
|
ke->key() == Key_Next || ke->key() == Key_End ||
|
|
|
|
ke->key() == Key_Left || ke->key() == Key_Right ) ) {
|
|
|
|
if ( !itm || itm->editType() == TQTableItem::OnTyping ) {
|
|
|
|
endEdit( editRow, editCol, TRUE, edMode != Editing );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
keyPressEvent( ke );
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
TQObjectList *l = viewport()->queryList( "TQWidget" );
|
|
|
|
if ( l && l->find( o ) != -1 ) {
|
|
|
|
delete l;
|
|
|
|
TQKeyEvent *ke = (TQKeyEvent*)e;
|
|
|
|
if ( ( ke->state() & ControlButton ) == ControlButton ||
|
|
|
|
( ke->key() != Key_Left && ke->key() != Key_Right &&
|
|
|
|
ke->key() != Key_Up && ke->key() != Key_Down &&
|
|
|
|
ke->key() != Key_Prior && ke->key() != Key_Next &&
|
|
|
|
ke->key() != Key_Home && ke->key() != Key_End ) )
|
|
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
|
keyPressEvent( (TQKeyEvent*)e );
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
delete l;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} break;
|
|
|
|
case TQEvent::FocusOut:
|
|
|
|
if ( isEditing() && editorWidget && o == editorWidget && ( (TQFocusEvent*)e )->reason() != TQFocusEvent::Popup ) {
|
|
|
|
TQTableItem *itm = item( editRow, editCol );
|
|
|
|
if ( !itm || itm->editType() == TQTableItem::OnTyping ) {
|
|
|
|
endEdit( editRow, editCol, TRUE, edMode != Editing );
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
#ifndef QT_NO_WHEELEVENT
|
|
|
|
case TQEvent::Wheel:
|
|
|
|
if ( o == this || o == viewport() ) {
|
|
|
|
TQWheelEvent* we = (TQWheelEvent*)e;
|
|
|
|
scrollBy( 0, -we->delta() );
|
|
|
|
we->accept();
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return TQScrollView::eventFilter( o, e );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::fixCell( int &row, int &col, int key )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( rowHeight( row ) > 0 && columnWidth( col ) > 0 )
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
if ( rowHeight( row ) <= 0 ) {
|
|
|
|
if ( key == Key_Down ||
|
|
|
|
key == Key_Next ||
|
|
|
|
key == Key_End ) {
|
|
|
|
while ( row < numRows() && rowHeight( row ) <= 0 )
|
|
|
|
row++;
|
|
|
|
if ( rowHeight( row ) <= 0 )
|
|
|
|
row = curRow;
|
|
|
|
} else if ( key == Key_Up ||
|
|
|
|
key == Key_Prior ||
|
|
|
|
key == Key_Home )
|
|
|
|
while ( row >= 0 && rowHeight( row ) <= 0 )
|
|
|
|
row--;
|
|
|
|
if ( rowHeight( row ) <= 0 )
|
|
|
|
row = curRow;
|
|
|
|
} else if ( columnWidth( col ) <= 0 ) {
|
|
|
|
if ( key == Key_Left ) {
|
|
|
|
while ( col >= 0 && columnWidth( col ) <= 0 )
|
|
|
|
col--;
|
|
|
|
if ( columnWidth( col ) <= 0 )
|
|
|
|
col = curCol;
|
|
|
|
} else if ( key == Key_Right ) {
|
|
|
|
while ( col < numCols() && columnWidth( col ) <= 0 )
|
|
|
|
col++;
|
|
|
|
if ( columnWidth( col ) <= 0 )
|
|
|
|
col = curCol;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*! \reimp
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::keyPressEvent( TQKeyEvent* e )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( isEditing() && item( editRow, editCol ) &&
|
|
|
|
item( editRow, editCol )->editType() == TQTableItem::OnTyping )
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int tmpRow = curRow;
|
|
|
|
int tmpCol = curCol;
|
|
|
|
int oldRow = tmpRow;
|
|
|
|
int oldCol = tmpCol;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool navigationKey = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
int r;
|
|
|
|
switch ( e->key() ) {
|
|
|
|
case Key_Left:
|
|
|
|
tmpCol = TQMAX( 0, tmpCol - 1 );
|
|
|
|
navigationKey = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case Key_Right:
|
|
|
|
tmpCol = TQMIN( numCols() - 1, tmpCol + 1 );
|
|
|
|
navigationKey = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case Key_Up:
|
|
|
|
tmpRow = TQMAX( 0, tmpRow - 1 );
|
|
|
|
navigationKey = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case Key_Down:
|
|
|
|
tmpRow = TQMIN( numRows() - 1, tmpRow + 1 );
|
|
|
|
navigationKey = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case Key_Prior:
|
|
|
|
r = TQMAX( 0, rowAt( rowPos( tmpRow ) - visibleHeight() ) );
|
|
|
|
if ( r < tmpRow || tmpRow < 0 )
|
|
|
|
tmpRow = r;
|
|
|
|
navigationKey = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case Key_Next:
|
|
|
|
r = TQMIN( numRows() - 1, rowAt( rowPos( tmpRow ) + visibleHeight() ) );
|
|
|
|
if ( r > tmpRow )
|
|
|
|
tmpRow = r;
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
tmpRow = numRows() - 1;
|
|
|
|
navigationKey = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case Key_Home:
|
|
|
|
tmpRow = 0;
|
|
|
|
navigationKey = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case Key_End:
|
|
|
|
tmpRow = numRows() - 1;
|
|
|
|
navigationKey = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case Key_F2:
|
|
|
|
if ( beginEdit( tmpRow, tmpCol, FALSE ) )
|
|
|
|
setEditMode( Editing, tmpRow, tmpCol );
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case Key_Enter: case Key_Return:
|
|
|
|
activateNextCell();
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
case Key_Tab: case Key_BackTab:
|
|
|
|
if ( (e->key() == Key_Tab) && !(e->state() & ShiftButton) ) {
|
|
|
|
if ( currentColumn() >= numCols() - 1 )
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
int cc = TQMIN( numCols() - 1, currentColumn() + 1 );
|
|
|
|
while ( cc < numCols() ) {
|
|
|
|
TQTableItem *i = item( currentRow(), cc );
|
|
|
|
if ( !d->hiddenCols.find( cc ) && !isColumnReadOnly( cc ) && (!i || i->isEnabled()) )
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
++cc;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
setCurrentCell( currentRow(), cc );
|
|
|
|
} else { // Key_BackTab
|
|
|
|
if ( currentColumn() == 0 )
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
int cc = TQMAX( 0, currentColumn() - 1 );
|
|
|
|
while ( cc >= 0 ) {
|
|
|
|
TQTableItem *i = item( currentRow(), cc );
|
|
|
|
if ( !d->hiddenCols.find( cc ) && !isColumnReadOnly( cc ) && (!i || i->isEnabled()) )
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
--cc;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
setCurrentCell( currentRow(), cc );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
case Key_Escape:
|
|
|
|
e->ignore();
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
default: // ... or start in-place editing
|
|
|
|
if ( e->text()[ 0 ].isPrint() ) {
|
|
|
|
TQTableItem *itm = item( tmpRow, tmpCol );
|
|
|
|
if ( !itm || itm->editType() == TQTableItem::OnTyping ) {
|
|
|
|
TQWidget *w = beginEdit( tmpRow, tmpCol,
|
|
|
|
itm ? itm->isReplaceable() : TRUE );
|
|
|
|
if ( w ) {
|
|
|
|
setEditMode( ( !itm || itm && itm->isReplaceable()
|
|
|
|
? Replacing : Editing ), tmpRow, tmpCol );
|
|
|
|
TQApplication::sendEvent( w, e );
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
e->ignore();
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( navigationKey ) {
|
|
|
|
fixCell( tmpRow, tmpCol, e->key() );
|
|
|
|
if ( ( e->state() & ShiftButton ) == ShiftButton &&
|
|
|
|
selMode != NoSelection && selMode != SingleRow ) {
|
|
|
|
bool justCreated = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
setCurrentCell( tmpRow, tmpCol, FALSE, TRUE );
|
|
|
|
if ( !currentSel ) {
|
|
|
|
justCreated = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
currentSel = new TQTableSelection();
|
|
|
|
selections.append( currentSel );
|
|
|
|
if ( !isRowSelection( selectionMode() ) )
|
|
|
|
currentSel->init( oldRow, oldCol );
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
currentSel->init( oldRow < 0 ? 0 : oldRow, 0 );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
TQTableSelection oldSelection = *currentSel;
|
|
|
|
if ( !isRowSelection( selectionMode() ) )
|
|
|
|
currentSel->expandTo( tmpRow, tmpCol );
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
currentSel->expandTo( tmpRow, numCols() - 1 );
|
|
|
|
repaintSelections( justCreated ? 0 : &oldSelection, currentSel );
|
|
|
|
emit selectionChanged();
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
setCurrentCell( tmpRow, tmpCol, FALSE, TRUE );
|
|
|
|
if ( !isRowSelection( selectionMode() ) ) {
|
|
|
|
clearSelection();
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
bool currentInSelection = tmpRow == oldRow && isSelected( tmpRow, tmpCol, FALSE );
|
|
|
|
if ( !currentInSelection ) {
|
|
|
|
bool hasOldSel = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
TQTableSelection oldSelection;
|
|
|
|
if ( selectionMode() == MultiRow ) {
|
|
|
|
bool b = signalsBlocked();
|
|
|
|
blockSignals( TRUE );
|
|
|
|
clearSelection();
|
|
|
|
blockSignals( b );
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
if ( currentSel ) {
|
|
|
|
oldSelection = *currentSel;
|
|
|
|
hasOldSel = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
selections.removeRef( currentSel );
|
|
|
|
leftHeader->setSectionState( oldSelection.topRow(), TQTableHeader::Normal );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
currentSel = new TQTableSelection();
|
|
|
|
selections.append( currentSel );
|
|
|
|
currentSel->init( tmpRow, 0 );
|
|
|
|
currentSel->expandTo( tmpRow, numCols() - 1 );
|
|
|
|
repaintSelections( hasOldSel ? &oldSelection : 0, currentSel, !hasOldSel );
|
|
|
|
emit selectionChanged();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
setCurrentCell( tmpRow, tmpCol, FALSE, TRUE );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*! \reimp
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::focusInEvent( TQFocusEvent* )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
d->inMenuMode = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
TQWidget *editorWidget = cellWidget( editRow, editCol );
|
|
|
|
updateCell( curRow, curCol );
|
|
|
|
if ( style().styleHint( TQStyle::SH_ItemView_ChangeHighlightOnFocus, this ) )
|
|
|
|
repaintSelections();
|
|
|
|
if ( isEditing() && editorWidget )
|
|
|
|
editorWidget->setFocus();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQPoint cellPos( columnPos( curCol ) + leftMargin() - contentsX(), rowPos( curRow ) + topMargin() - contentsY() );
|
|
|
|
TQTableItem *itm = item( curRow, curCol );
|
|
|
|
setMicroFocusHint( cellPos.x(), cellPos.y(), columnWidth( curCol ), rowHeight( curRow ), ( itm && itm->editType() != TQTableItem::Never ) );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*! \reimp
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::focusOutEvent( TQFocusEvent* )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
updateCell( curRow, curCol );
|
|
|
|
if (style().styleHint( TQStyle::SH_ItemView_ChangeHighlightOnFocus, this )) {
|
|
|
|
d->inMenuMode =
|
|
|
|
TQFocusEvent::reason() == TQFocusEvent::Popup ||
|
|
|
|
(qApp->focusWidget() && qApp->focusWidget()->inherits("TQMenuBar"));
|
|
|
|
if ( !d->inMenuMode )
|
|
|
|
repaintSelections();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*! \reimp
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQSize TQTable::sizeHint() const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( cachedSizeHint().isValid() )
|
|
|
|
return cachedSizeHint();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
constPolish();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQSize s = tableSize();
|
|
|
|
TQSize sh;
|
|
|
|
if ( s.width() < 500 && s.height() < 500 ) {
|
|
|
|
sh = TQSize( tableSize().width() + VERTICALMARGIN + 5,
|
|
|
|
tableSize().height() + topMargin() + 5 );
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
sh = TQScrollView::sizeHint();
|
|
|
|
if ( !topHeader->isHidden() )
|
|
|
|
sh.setHeight( sh.height() + topHeader->height() );
|
|
|
|
if ( !leftHeader->isHidden() )
|
|
|
|
sh.setWidth( sh.width() + leftHeader->width() );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
setCachedSizeHint( sh );
|
|
|
|
return sh;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*! \reimp
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::viewportResizeEvent( TQResizeEvent *e )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
TQScrollView::viewportResizeEvent( e );
|
|
|
|
updateGeometries();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*! \reimp
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::showEvent( TQShowEvent *e )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
TQScrollView::showEvent( e );
|
|
|
|
TQRect r( cellGeometry( numRows() - 1, numCols() - 1 ) );
|
|
|
|
resizeContents( r.right() + 1, r.bottom() + 1 );
|
|
|
|
updateGeometries();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*! \reimp
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::paintEvent( TQPaintEvent *e )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
TQRect topLeftCorner = TQStyle::visualRect( TQRect(frameWidth(), frameWidth(), VERTICALMARGIN, topMargin() ), rect() );
|
|
|
|
erase( topLeftCorner ); // erase instead of widget on top
|
|
|
|
TQScrollView::paintEvent( e );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef Q_OS_TEMP
|
|
|
|
TQPainter p( this );
|
|
|
|
p.drawLine( topLeftCorner.bottomLeft(), topLeftCorner.bottomRight() );
|
|
|
|
p.drawLine( topLeftCorner.bottomRight(), topLeftCorner.topRight() );
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static bool inUpdateCell = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Repaints the cell at \a row, \a col.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::updateCell( int row, int col )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( inUpdateCell || row < 0 || col < 0 )
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
inUpdateCell = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
TQRect cg = cellGeometry( row, col );
|
|
|
|
TQRect r( contentsToViewport( TQPoint( cg.x() - 2, cg.y() - 2 ) ),
|
|
|
|
TQSize( cg.width() + 4, cg.height() + 4 ) );
|
|
|
|
if (viewport()->rect().intersects(r))
|
|
|
|
TQApplication::postEvent( viewport(), new TQPaintEvent( r, FALSE ) );
|
|
|
|
inUpdateCell = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::repaintCell( int row, int col )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( row == -1 || col == -1 )
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
TQRect cg = cellGeometry( row, col );
|
|
|
|
TQRect r( TQPoint( cg.x() - 2, cg.y() - 2 ),
|
|
|
|
TQSize( cg.width() + 4, cg.height() + 4 ) );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQRect v = viewport()->rect();
|
|
|
|
v.moveBy(contentsX(), contentsY());
|
|
|
|
if (v.intersects(r))
|
|
|
|
repaintContents( r, FALSE );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::contentsToViewport2( int x, int y, int& vx, int& vy )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
const TQPoint v = contentsToViewport2( TQPoint( x, y ) );
|
|
|
|
vx = v.x();
|
|
|
|
vy = v.y();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQPoint TQTable::contentsToViewport2( const TQPoint &p )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return TQPoint( p.x() - contentsX(),
|
|
|
|
p.y() - contentsY() );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQPoint TQTable::viewportToContents2( const TQPoint& vp )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return TQPoint( vp.x() + contentsX(),
|
|
|
|
vp.y() + contentsY() );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::viewportToContents2( int vx, int vy, int& x, int& y )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
const TQPoint c = viewportToContents2( TQPoint( vx, vy ) );
|
|
|
|
x = c.x();
|
|
|
|
y = c.y();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
This function should be called whenever the column width of \a col
|
|
|
|
has been changed. It updates the geometry of any affected columns
|
|
|
|
and repaints the table to reflect the changes it has made.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::columnWidthChanged( int col )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
int p = columnPos( col );
|
|
|
|
if ( d->hasColSpan )
|
|
|
|
p = contentsX();
|
|
|
|
updateContents( p, contentsY(), contentsWidth(), visibleHeight() );
|
|
|
|
TQSize s( tableSize() );
|
|
|
|
int w = contentsWidth();
|
|
|
|
resizeContents( s.width(), s.height() );
|
|
|
|
if ( contentsWidth() < w )
|
|
|
|
repaintContents( s.width(), contentsY(),
|
|
|
|
w - s.width() + 1, visibleHeight(), TRUE );
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
repaintContents( w, contentsY(),
|
|
|
|
s.width() - w + 1, visibleHeight(), FALSE );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// update widgets that are affected by this change
|
|
|
|
if ( widgets.size() ) {
|
|
|
|
int last = isHidden() ? numCols() - 1 : d->lastVisCol;
|
|
|
|
for ( int c = col; c <= last; ++c )
|
|
|
|
updateColWidgets( c );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
delayedUpdateGeometries();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
This function should be called whenever the row height of \a row
|
|
|
|
has been changed. It updates the geometry of any affected rows and
|
|
|
|
repaints the table to reflect the changes it has made.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::rowHeightChanged( int row )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
int p = rowPos( row );
|
|
|
|
if ( d->hasRowSpan )
|
|
|
|
p = contentsY();
|
|
|
|
updateContents( contentsX(), p, visibleWidth(), contentsHeight() );
|
|
|
|
TQSize s( tableSize() );
|
|
|
|
int h = contentsHeight();
|
|
|
|
resizeContents( s.width(), s.height() );
|
|
|
|
if ( contentsHeight() < h ) {
|
|
|
|
repaintContents( contentsX(), contentsHeight(),
|
|
|
|
visibleWidth(), h - s.height() + 1, TRUE );
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
repaintContents( contentsX(), h,
|
|
|
|
visibleWidth(), s.height() - h + 1, FALSE );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// update widgets that are affected by this change
|
|
|
|
if ( widgets.size() ) {
|
|
|
|
d->lastVisRow = rowAt( contentsY() + visibleHeight() + ( s.height() - h + 1 ) );
|
|
|
|
int last = isHidden() ? numRows() - 1 : d->lastVisRow;
|
|
|
|
for ( int r = row; r <= last; ++r )
|
|
|
|
updateRowWidgets( r );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
delayedUpdateGeometries();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*! \internal */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::updateRowWidgets( int row )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
for ( int i = 0; i < numCols(); ++i ) {
|
|
|
|
TQWidget *w = cellWidget( row, i );
|
|
|
|
if ( !w )
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
moveChild( w, columnPos( i ), rowPos( row ) );
|
|
|
|
w->resize( columnWidth( i ) - 1, rowHeight( row ) - 1 );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*! \internal */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::updateColWidgets( int col )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
for ( int i = 0; i < numRows(); ++i ) {
|
|
|
|
TQWidget *w = cellWidget( i, col );
|
|
|
|
if ( !w )
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
moveChild( w, columnPos( col ), rowPos( i ) );
|
|
|
|
w->resize( columnWidth( col ) - 1, rowHeight( i ) - 1 );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
This function is called when column order is to be changed, i.e.
|
|
|
|
when the user moved the column header \a section from \a fromIndex
|
|
|
|
to \a toIndex.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you want to change the column order programmatically, call
|
|
|
|
swapRows() or swapColumns();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa TQHeader::indexChange() rowIndexChanged()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::columnIndexChanged( int, int fromIndex, int toIndex )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( doSort && lastSortCol == fromIndex && topHeader )
|
|
|
|
topHeader->setSortIndicator( toIndex, topHeader->sortIndicatorOrder() );
|
|
|
|
repaintContents( contentsX(), contentsY(),
|
|
|
|
visibleWidth(), visibleHeight(), FALSE );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
This function is called when the order of the rows is to be
|
|
|
|
changed, i.e. the user moved the row header section \a section
|
|
|
|
from \a fromIndex to \a toIndex.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you want to change the order programmatically, call swapRows()
|
|
|
|
or swapColumns();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa TQHeader::indexChange() columnIndexChanged()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::rowIndexChanged( int, int, int )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
repaintContents( contentsX(), contentsY(),
|
|
|
|
visibleWidth(), visibleHeight(), FALSE );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
This function is called when the column \a col has been clicked.
|
|
|
|
The default implementation sorts this column if sorting() is TRUE.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::columnClicked( int col )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( !sorting() )
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( col == lastSortCol ) {
|
|
|
|
asc = !asc;
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
lastSortCol = col;
|
|
|
|
asc = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
sortColumn( lastSortCol, asc );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\property TQTable::sorting
|
|
|
|
\brief whether a click on the header of a column sorts that column
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa sortColumn()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::setSorting( bool b )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
doSort = b;
|
|
|
|
if ( topHeader )
|
|
|
|
topHeader->setSortIndicator( b ? lastSortCol : -1 );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool TQTable::sorting() const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return doSort;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static bool inUpdateGeometries = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::delayedUpdateGeometries()
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
d->geomTimer->start( 0, TRUE );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::updateGeometriesSlot()
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
updateGeometries();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
This function updates the geometries of the left and top header.
|
|
|
|
You do not normally need to call this function.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::updateGeometries()
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( inUpdateGeometries )
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
inUpdateGeometries = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
TQSize ts = tableSize();
|
|
|
|
if ( topHeader->offset() &&
|
|
|
|
ts.width() < topHeader->offset() + topHeader->width() )
|
|
|
|
horizontalScrollBar()->setValue( ts.width() - topHeader->width() );
|
|
|
|
if ( leftHeader->offset() &&
|
|
|
|
ts.height() < leftHeader->offset() + leftHeader->height() )
|
|
|
|
verticalScrollBar()->setValue( ts.height() - leftHeader->height() );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
leftHeader->setGeometry( TQStyle::visualRect( TQRect( frameWidth(), topMargin() + frameWidth(),
|
|
|
|
VERTICALMARGIN, visibleHeight() ), rect() ) );
|
|
|
|
topHeader->setGeometry( TQStyle::visualRect( TQRect(VERTICALMARGIN + frameWidth(), frameWidth(),
|
|
|
|
visibleWidth(), topMargin() ), rect() ) );
|
|
|
|
horizontalScrollBar()->raise();
|
|
|
|
verticalScrollBar()->raise();
|
|
|
|
topHeader->updateStretches();
|
|
|
|
leftHeader->updateStretches();
|
|
|
|
inUpdateGeometries = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Returns the width of column \a col.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa setColumnWidth() rowHeight()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int TQTable::columnWidth( int col ) const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return topHeader->sectionSize( col );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Returns the height of row \a row.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa setRowHeight() columnWidth()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int TQTable::rowHeight( int row ) const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return leftHeader->sectionSize( row );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Returns the x-coordinate of the column \a col in content
|
|
|
|
coordinates.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa columnAt() rowPos()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int TQTable::columnPos( int col ) const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return topHeader->sectionPos( col );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Returns the y-coordinate of the row \a row in content coordinates.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa rowAt() columnPos()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int TQTable::rowPos( int row ) const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return leftHeader->sectionPos( row );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Returns the number of the column at position \a x. \a x must be
|
|
|
|
given in content coordinates.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa columnPos() rowAt()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int TQTable::columnAt( int x ) const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return topHeader->sectionAt( x );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Returns the number of the row at position \a y. \a y must be given
|
|
|
|
in content coordinates.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa rowPos() columnAt()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int TQTable::rowAt( int y ) const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return leftHeader->sectionAt( y );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Returns the bounding rectangle of the cell at \a row, \a col in
|
|
|
|
content coordinates.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQRect TQTable::cellGeometry( int row, int col ) const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
TQTableItem *itm = item( row, col );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( !itm || itm->rowSpan() == 1 && itm->colSpan() == 1 )
|
|
|
|
return TQRect( columnPos( col ), rowPos( row ),
|
|
|
|
columnWidth( col ), rowHeight( row ) );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
while ( row != itm->row() )
|
|
|
|
row--;
|
|
|
|
while ( col != itm->col() )
|
|
|
|
col--;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQRect rect( columnPos( col ), rowPos( row ),
|
|
|
|
columnWidth( col ), rowHeight( row ) );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for ( int r = 1; r < itm->rowSpan(); ++r )
|
|
|
|
rect.setHeight( rect.height() + rowHeight( r + row ) );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for ( int c = 1; c < itm->colSpan(); ++c )
|
|
|
|
rect.setWidth( rect.width() + columnWidth( c + col ) );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return rect;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Returns the size of the table.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This is the same as the coordinates of the bottom-right edge of
|
|
|
|
the last table cell.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQSize TQTable::tableSize() const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return TQSize( columnPos( numCols() - 1 ) + columnWidth( numCols() - 1 ),
|
|
|
|
rowPos( numRows() - 1 ) + rowHeight( numRows() - 1 ) );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\property TQTable::numRows
|
|
|
|
\brief The number of rows in the table
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa numCols
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int TQTable::numRows() const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return leftHeader->count();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\property TQTable::numCols
|
|
|
|
\brief The number of columns in the table
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa numRows
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int TQTable::numCols() const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return topHeader->count();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::saveContents( TQPtrVector<TQTableItem> &tmp,
|
|
|
|
TQPtrVector<TQTable::TableWidget> &tmp2)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
int nCols = numCols();
|
|
|
|
if ( editRow != -1 && editCol != -1 )
|
|
|
|
endEdit( editRow, editCol, FALSE, edMode != Editing );
|
|
|
|
tmp.resize( contents.size() );
|
|
|
|
tmp2.resize( widgets.size() );
|
|
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
for ( i = 0; i < (int)tmp.size(); ++i ) {
|
|
|
|
TQTableItem *item = contents[ i ];
|
|
|
|
if ( item && ( item->row() * nCols) + item->col() == i )
|
|
|
|
tmp.insert( i, item );
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
tmp.insert( i, 0 );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
for ( i = 0; i < (int)tmp2.size(); ++i ) {
|
|
|
|
TQWidget *w = widgets[ i ];
|
|
|
|
if ( w )
|
|
|
|
tmp2.insert( i, new TableWidget( w, i / nCols, i % nCols ) );
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
tmp2.insert( i, 0 );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::updateHeaderAndResizeContents( TQTableHeader *header,
|
|
|
|
int num, int rowCol,
|
|
|
|
int width, bool &updateBefore )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
updateBefore = rowCol < num;
|
|
|
|
if ( rowCol > num ) {
|
|
|
|
header->TQHeader::resizeArrays( rowCol );
|
|
|
|
header->TQTableHeader::resizeArrays( rowCol );
|
|
|
|
int old = num;
|
|
|
|
clearSelection( FALSE );
|
|
|
|
int i = 0;
|
|
|
|
for ( i = old; i < rowCol; ++i )
|
|
|
|
header->addLabel( TQString::null, width );
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
clearSelection( FALSE );
|
|
|
|
if ( header == leftHeader ) {
|
|
|
|
while ( numRows() > rowCol )
|
|
|
|
header->removeLabel( numRows() - 1 );
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
while ( numCols() > rowCol )
|
|
|
|
header->removeLabel( numCols() - 1 );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
contents.setAutoDelete( FALSE );
|
|
|
|
contents.clear();
|
|
|
|
contents.setAutoDelete( TRUE );
|
|
|
|
widgets.setAutoDelete( FALSE );
|
|
|
|
widgets.clear();
|
|
|
|
widgets.setAutoDelete( TRUE );
|
|
|
|
resizeData( numRows() * numCols() );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// keep numStretches in sync
|
|
|
|
int n = 0;
|
|
|
|
for ( uint i = 0; i < header->stretchable.size(); i++ )
|
|
|
|
n += ( header->stretchable.at(i) & 1 ); // avoid cmp
|
|
|
|
header->numStretches = n;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::restoreContents( TQPtrVector<TQTableItem> &tmp,
|
|
|
|
TQPtrVector<TQTable::TableWidget> &tmp2 )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
int nCols = numCols();
|
|
|
|
for ( i = 0; i < (int)tmp.size(); ++i ) {
|
|
|
|
TQTableItem *it = tmp[ i ];
|
|
|
|
if ( it ) {
|
|
|
|
int idx = ( it->row() * nCols ) + it->col();
|
|
|
|
if ( (uint)idx < contents.size() &&
|
|
|
|
it->row() == idx / nCols && it->col() == idx % nCols ) {
|
|
|
|
contents.insert( idx, it );
|
|
|
|
if ( it->rowSpan() > 1 || it->colSpan() > 1 ) {
|
|
|
|
int ridx, iidx;
|
|
|
|
for ( int irow = 0; irow < it->rowSpan(); irow++ ) {
|
|
|
|
ridx = idx + irow * nCols;
|
|
|
|
for ( int icol = 0; icol < it->colSpan(); icol++ ) {
|
|
|
|
iidx = ridx + icol;
|
|
|
|
if ( idx != iidx && (uint)iidx < contents.size() )
|
|
|
|
contents.insert( iidx, it );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
delete it;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
for ( i = 0; i < (int)tmp2.size(); ++i ) {
|
|
|
|
TableWidget *w = tmp2[ i ];
|
|
|
|
if ( w ) {
|
|
|
|
int idx = ( w->row * nCols ) + w->col;
|
|
|
|
if ( (uint)idx < widgets.size() &&
|
|
|
|
w->row == idx / nCols && w->col == idx % nCols )
|
|
|
|
widgets.insert( idx, w->wid );
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
delete w->wid;
|
|
|
|
delete w;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::finishContentsResze( bool updateBefore )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
TQRect r( cellGeometry( numRows() - 1, numCols() - 1 ) );
|
|
|
|
resizeContents( r.right() + 1, r.bottom() + 1 );
|
|
|
|
updateGeometries();
|
|
|
|
if ( updateBefore )
|
|
|
|
repaintContents( contentsX(), contentsY(),
|
|
|
|
visibleWidth(), visibleHeight(), TRUE );
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
repaintContents( contentsX(), contentsY(),
|
|
|
|
visibleWidth(), visibleHeight(), FALSE );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( isRowSelection( selectionMode() ) ) {
|
|
|
|
int r = curRow;
|
|
|
|
curRow = -1;
|
|
|
|
setCurrentCell( r, curCol );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::setNumRows( int r )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( r < 0 )
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (r < numRows()) {
|
|
|
|
// Removed rows are no longer hidden, and should thus be removed from "hiddenRows"
|
|
|
|
for (int rr = numRows()-1; rr >= r; --rr) {
|
|
|
|
if (d->hiddenRows.find(rr))
|
|
|
|
d->hiddenRows.remove(rr);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
fontChange(font()); // invalidate the sizeHintCache
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQPtrVector<TQTableItem> tmp;
|
|
|
|
TQPtrVector<TableWidget> tmp2;
|
|
|
|
saveContents( tmp, tmp2 );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool isUpdatesEnabled = leftHeader->isUpdatesEnabled();
|
|
|
|
leftHeader->setUpdatesEnabled( FALSE );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool updateBefore;
|
|
|
|
updateHeaderAndResizeContents( leftHeader, numRows(), r, 20, updateBefore );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int w = fontMetrics().width( TQString::number( r ) + "W" );
|
|
|
|
if ( VERTICALMARGIN > 0 && w > VERTICALMARGIN )
|
|
|
|
setLeftMargin( w );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
restoreContents( tmp, tmp2 );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
leftHeader->calculatePositions();
|
|
|
|
finishContentsResze( updateBefore );
|
|
|
|
leftHeader->setUpdatesEnabled( isUpdatesEnabled );
|
|
|
|
if ( isUpdatesEnabled )
|
|
|
|
leftHeader->update();
|
|
|
|
leftHeader->updateCache();
|
|
|
|
if ( curRow >= numRows() ) {
|
|
|
|
curRow = numRows() - 1;
|
|
|
|
if ( curRow < 0 )
|
|
|
|
curCol = -1;
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
repaintCell( curRow, curCol );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( curRow > numRows() )
|
|
|
|
curRow = numRows();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::setNumCols( int c )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( c < 0 )
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (c < numCols()) {
|
|
|
|
// Removed columns are no longer hidden, and should thus be removed from "hiddenCols"
|
|
|
|
for (int cc = numCols()-1; cc >= c; --cc) {
|
|
|
|
if (d->hiddenCols.find(cc))
|
|
|
|
d->hiddenCols.remove(cc);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
fontChange(font()); // invalidate the sizeHintCache
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQPtrVector<TQTableItem> tmp;
|
|
|
|
TQPtrVector<TableWidget> tmp2;
|
|
|
|
saveContents( tmp, tmp2 );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool isUpdatesEnabled = topHeader->isUpdatesEnabled();
|
|
|
|
topHeader->setUpdatesEnabled( FALSE );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool updateBefore;
|
|
|
|
updateHeaderAndResizeContents( topHeader, numCols(), c, 100, updateBefore );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
restoreContents( tmp, tmp2 );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
topHeader->calculatePositions();
|
|
|
|
finishContentsResze( updateBefore );
|
|
|
|
topHeader->setUpdatesEnabled( isUpdatesEnabled );
|
|
|
|
if ( isUpdatesEnabled )
|
|
|
|
topHeader->update();
|
|
|
|
topHeader->updateCache();
|
|
|
|
if ( curCol >= numCols() ) {
|
|
|
|
curCol = numCols() - 1;
|
|
|
|
if ( curCol < 0 )
|
|
|
|
curRow = -1;
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
repaintCell( curRow, curCol );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*! Sets the section labels of the verticalHeader() to \a labels */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::setRowLabels( const TQStringList &labels )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
leftHeader->setLabels(labels);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*! Sets the section labels of the horizontalHeader() to \a labels */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::setColumnLabels( const TQStringList &labels )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
topHeader->setLabels(labels);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
This function returns the widget which should be used as an editor
|
|
|
|
for the contents of the cell at \a row, \a col.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If \a initFromCell is TRUE, the editor is used to edit the current
|
|
|
|
contents of the cell (so the editor widget should be initialized
|
|
|
|
with this content). If \a initFromCell is FALSE, the content of
|
|
|
|
the cell is replaced with the new content which the user entered
|
|
|
|
into the widget created by this function.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The default functionality is as follows: if \a initFromCell is
|
|
|
|
TRUE or the cell has a TQTableItem and the table item's
|
|
|
|
TQTableItem::isReplaceable() is FALSE then the cell is asked to
|
|
|
|
create an appropriate editor (using TQTableItem::createEditor()).
|
|
|
|
Otherwise a TQLineEdit is used as the editor.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you want to create your own editor for certain cells, implement
|
|
|
|
a custom TQTableItem subclass and reimplement
|
|
|
|
TQTableItem::createEditor().
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you are not using \l{TQTableItem}s and you don't want to use a
|
|
|
|
TQLineEdit as the default editor, subclass TQTable and reimplement
|
|
|
|
this function with code like this:
|
|
|
|
\code
|
|
|
|
TQTableItem *i = item( row, col );
|
|
|
|
if ( initFromCell || ( i && !i->isReplaceable() ) )
|
|
|
|
// If we had a TQTableItem ask the base class to create the editor
|
|
|
|
return TQTable::createEditor( row, col, initFromCell );
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
return ...(create your own editor)
|
|
|
|
\endcode
|
|
|
|
Ownership of the editor widget is transferred to the caller.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you reimplement this function return 0 for read-only cells. You
|
|
|
|
will need to reimplement setCellContentFromEditor() to retrieve
|
|
|
|
the data the user entered.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa TQTableItem::createEditor()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQWidget *TQTable::createEditor( int row, int col, bool initFromCell ) const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( isReadOnly() || isRowReadOnly( row ) || isColumnReadOnly( col ) )
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQWidget *e = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// the current item in the cell should be edited if possible
|
|
|
|
TQTableItem *i = item( row, col );
|
|
|
|
if ( initFromCell || ( i && !i->isReplaceable() ) ) {
|
|
|
|
if ( i ) {
|
|
|
|
if ( i->editType() == TQTableItem::Never )
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
e = i->createEditor();
|
|
|
|
if ( !e )
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// no contents in the cell yet, so open the default editor
|
|
|
|
if ( !e ) {
|
|
|
|
e = new TQLineEdit( viewport(), "qt_lineeditor" );
|
|
|
|
( (TQLineEdit*)e )->setFrame( FALSE );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return e;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
This function is called to start in-place editing of the cell at
|
|
|
|
\a row, \a col. Editing is achieved by creating an editor
|
|
|
|
(createEditor() is called) and setting the cell's editor with
|
|
|
|
setCellWidget() to the newly created editor. (After editing is
|
|
|
|
complete endEdit() will be called to replace the cell's content
|
|
|
|
with the editor's content.) If \a replace is TRUE the editor will
|
|
|
|
start empty; otherwise it will be initialized with the cell's
|
|
|
|
content (if any), i.e. the user will be modifying the original
|
|
|
|
cell content.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa endEdit()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQWidget *TQTable::beginEdit( int row, int col, bool replace )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( isReadOnly() || isRowReadOnly( row ) || isColumnReadOnly( col ) )
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
if ( row < 0 || row >= numRows() || col < 0 || col >= numCols() )
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQTableItem *itm = item( row, col );
|
|
|
|
if ( itm && !itm->isEnabled() )
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
if ( cellWidget( row, col ) )
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
ensureCellVisible( row, col );
|
|
|
|
TQWidget *e = createEditor( row, col, !replace );
|
|
|
|
if ( !e )
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
setCellWidget( row, col, e );
|
|
|
|
e->setActiveWindow();
|
|
|
|
e->setFocus();
|
|
|
|
updateCell( row, col );
|
|
|
|
return e;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
This function is called when in-place editing of the cell at \a
|
|
|
|
row, \a col is requested to stop.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If the cell is not being edited or \a accept is FALSE the function
|
|
|
|
returns and the cell's contents are left unchanged.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If \a accept is TRUE the content of the editor must be transferred
|
|
|
|
to the relevant cell. If \a replace is TRUE the current content of
|
|
|
|
this cell should be replaced by the content of the editor (this
|
|
|
|
means removing the current TQTableItem of the cell and creating a
|
|
|
|
new one for the cell). Otherwise (if possible) the content of the
|
|
|
|
editor should just be set to the existing TQTableItem of this cell.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
setCellContentFromEditor() is called to replace the contents of
|
|
|
|
the cell with the contents of the cell's editor.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Finally clearCellWidget() is called to remove the editor widget.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa setCellContentFromEditor(), beginEdit()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::endEdit( int row, int col, bool accept, bool replace )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
TQWidget *editor = cellWidget( row, col );
|
|
|
|
if ( !editor )
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( !accept ) {
|
|
|
|
if ( row == editRow && col == editCol )
|
|
|
|
setEditMode( NotEditing, -1, -1 );
|
|
|
|
clearCellWidget( row, col );
|
|
|
|
updateCell( row, col );
|
|
|
|
viewport()->setFocus();
|
|
|
|
updateCell( row, col );
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQTableItem *i = item( row, col );
|
|
|
|
TQString oldContent;
|
|
|
|
if ( i )
|
|
|
|
oldContent = i->text();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( !i || replace ) {
|
|
|
|
setCellContentFromEditor( row, col );
|
|
|
|
i = item( row, col );
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
i->setContentFromEditor( editor );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( row == editRow && col == editCol )
|
|
|
|
setEditMode( NotEditing, -1, -1 );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
viewport()->setFocus();
|
|
|
|
updateCell( row, col );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!i || (oldContent != i->text()))
|
|
|
|
emit valueChanged( row, col );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
clearCellWidget( row, col );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
This function is called to replace the contents of the cell at \a
|
|
|
|
row, \a col with the contents of the cell's editor.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If there already exists a TQTableItem for the cell,
|
|
|
|
it calls TQTableItem::setContentFromEditor() on this TQTableItem.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If, for example, you want to create different \l{TQTableItem}s
|
|
|
|
depending on the contents of the editor, you might reimplement
|
|
|
|
this function.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you want to work without \l{TQTableItem}s, you will need to
|
|
|
|
reimplement this function to save the data the user entered into
|
|
|
|
your data structure. (See the notes on large tables.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa TQTableItem::setContentFromEditor() createEditor()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::setCellContentFromEditor( int row, int col )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
TQWidget *editor = cellWidget( row, col );
|
|
|
|
if ( !editor )
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQTableItem *i = item( row, col );
|
|
|
|
if ( i ) {
|
|
|
|
i->setContentFromEditor( editor );
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
TQLineEdit *le = ::qt_cast<TQLineEdit*>(editor);
|
|
|
|
if ( le )
|
|
|
|
setText( row, col, le->text() );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Returns TRUE if the \l EditMode is \c Editing or \c Replacing;
|
|
|
|
otherwise (i.e. the \l EditMode is \c NotEditing) returns FALSE.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa TQTable::EditMode
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool TQTable::isEditing() const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return edMode != NotEditing;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Returns the current edit mode
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa TQTable::EditMode
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQTable::EditMode TQTable::editMode() const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return edMode;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Returns the current edited row
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int TQTable::currEditRow() const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return editRow;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Returns the current edited column
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int TQTable::currEditCol() const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return editCol;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Returns a single integer which identifies a particular \a row and \a
|
|
|
|
col by mapping the 2D table to a 1D array.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This is useful, for example, if you have a sparse table and want to
|
|
|
|
use a TQIntDict to map integers to the cells that are used.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int TQTable::indexOf( int row, int col ) const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return ( row * numCols() ) + col;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*! \internal
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::repaintSelections( TQTableSelection *oldSelection,
|
|
|
|
TQTableSelection *newSelection,
|
|
|
|
bool updateVertical, bool updateHorizontal )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( !oldSelection && !newSelection )
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
if ( oldSelection && newSelection && *oldSelection == *newSelection )
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
if ( oldSelection && !oldSelection->isActive() )
|
|
|
|
oldSelection = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool optimizeOld = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
bool optimizeNew = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQRect old;
|
|
|
|
if ( oldSelection )
|
|
|
|
old = rangeGeometry( oldSelection->topRow(),
|
|
|
|
oldSelection->leftCol(),
|
|
|
|
oldSelection->bottomRow(),
|
|
|
|
oldSelection->rightCol(),
|
|
|
|
optimizeOld );
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
old = TQRect( 0, 0, 0, 0 );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQRect cur;
|
|
|
|
if ( newSelection )
|
|
|
|
cur = rangeGeometry( newSelection->topRow(),
|
|
|
|
newSelection->leftCol(),
|
|
|
|
newSelection->bottomRow(),
|
|
|
|
newSelection->rightCol(),
|
|
|
|
optimizeNew );
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
cur = TQRect( 0, 0, 0, 0 );
|
|
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( !optimizeOld || !optimizeNew ||
|
|
|
|
old.width() > SHRT_MAX || old.height() > SHRT_MAX ||
|
|
|
|
cur.width() > SHRT_MAX || cur.height() > SHRT_MAX ) {
|
|
|
|
TQRect rr = cur.unite( old );
|
|
|
|
repaintContents( rr, FALSE );
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
old = TQRect( contentsToViewport2( old.topLeft() ), old.size() );
|
|
|
|
cur = TQRect( contentsToViewport2( cur.topLeft() ), cur.size() );
|
|
|
|
TQRegion r1( old );
|
|
|
|
TQRegion r2( cur );
|
|
|
|
TQRegion r3 = r1.subtract( r2 );
|
|
|
|
TQRegion r4 = r2.subtract( r1 );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for ( i = 0; i < (int)r3.rects().count(); ++i ) {
|
|
|
|
TQRect r( r3.rects()[ i ] );
|
|
|
|
r = TQRect( viewportToContents2( r.topLeft() ), r.size() );
|
|
|
|
repaintContents( r, FALSE );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
for ( i = 0; i < (int)r4.rects().count(); ++i ) {
|
|
|
|
TQRect r( r4.rects()[ i ] );
|
|
|
|
r = TQRect( viewportToContents2( r.topLeft() ), r.size() );
|
|
|
|
repaintContents( r, FALSE );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int top, left, bottom, right;
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
int oldTopRow = oldSelection ? oldSelection->topRow() : numRows() - 1;
|
|
|
|
int newTopRow = newSelection ? newSelection->topRow() : numRows() - 1;
|
|
|
|
top = TQMIN(oldTopRow, newTopRow);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
int oldLeftCol = oldSelection ? oldSelection->leftCol() : numCols() - 1;
|
|
|
|
int newLeftCol = newSelection ? newSelection->leftCol() : numCols() - 1;
|
|
|
|
left = TQMIN(oldLeftCol, newLeftCol);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
int oldBottomRow = oldSelection ? oldSelection->bottomRow() : 0;
|
|
|
|
int newBottomRow = newSelection ? newSelection->bottomRow() : 0;
|
|
|
|
bottom = TQMAX(oldBottomRow, newBottomRow);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
int oldRightCol = oldSelection ? oldSelection->rightCol() : 0;
|
|
|
|
int newRightCol = newSelection ? newSelection->rightCol() : 0;
|
|
|
|
right = TQMAX(oldRightCol, newRightCol);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( updateHorizontal && numCols() > 0 && left >= 0 && !isRowSelection( selectionMode() ) ) {
|
|
|
|
register int *s = &topHeader->states.data()[left];
|
|
|
|
for ( i = left; i <= right; ++i ) {
|
|
|
|
if ( !isColumnSelected( i ) )
|
|
|
|
*s = TQTableHeader::Normal;
|
|
|
|
else if ( isColumnSelected( i, TRUE ) )
|
|
|
|
*s = TQTableHeader::Selected;
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
*s = TQTableHeader::Bold;
|
|
|
|
++s;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
topHeader->repaint( FALSE );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( updateVertical && numRows() > 0 && top >= 0 ) {
|
|
|
|
register int *s = &leftHeader->states.data()[top];
|
|
|
|
for ( i = top; i <= bottom; ++i ) {
|
|
|
|
if ( !isRowSelected( i ) )
|
|
|
|
*s = TQTableHeader::Normal;
|
|
|
|
else if ( isRowSelected( i, TRUE ) )
|
|
|
|
*s = TQTableHeader::Selected;
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
*s = TQTableHeader::Bold;
|
|
|
|
++s;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
leftHeader->repaint( FALSE );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Repaints all selections
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::repaintSelections()
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( selections.isEmpty() )
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQRect r;
|
|
|
|
for ( TQTableSelection *s = selections.first(); s; s = selections.next() ) {
|
|
|
|
bool b;
|
|
|
|
r = r.unite( rangeGeometry( s->topRow(),
|
|
|
|
s->leftCol(),
|
|
|
|
s->bottomRow(),
|
|
|
|
s->rightCol(), b ) );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
repaintContents( r, FALSE );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Clears all selections and repaints the appropriate regions if \a
|
|
|
|
repaint is TRUE.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa removeSelection()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::clearSelection( bool repaint )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( selections.isEmpty() )
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
bool needRepaint = !selections.isEmpty();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQRect r;
|
|
|
|
for ( TQTableSelection *s = selections.first(); s; s = selections.next() ) {
|
|
|
|
bool b;
|
|
|
|
r = r.unite( rangeGeometry( s->topRow(),
|
|
|
|
s->leftCol(),
|
|
|
|
s->bottomRow(),
|
|
|
|
s->rightCol(), b ) );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
currentSel = 0;
|
|
|
|
selections.clear();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( needRepaint && repaint )
|
|
|
|
repaintContents( r, FALSE );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
leftHeader->setSectionStateToAll( TQTableHeader::Normal );
|
|
|
|
leftHeader->repaint( FALSE );
|
|
|
|
if ( !isRowSelection( selectionMode() ) ) {
|
|
|
|
topHeader->setSectionStateToAll( TQTableHeader::Normal );
|
|
|
|
topHeader->repaint( FALSE );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
topHeader->setSectionState( curCol, TQTableHeader::Bold );
|
|
|
|
leftHeader->setSectionState( curRow, TQTableHeader::Bold );
|
|
|
|
emit selectionChanged();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*! \internal
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQRect TQTable::rangeGeometry( int topRow, int leftCol,
|
|
|
|
int bottomRow, int rightCol, bool &optimize )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
topRow = TQMAX( topRow, rowAt( contentsY() ) );
|
|
|
|
leftCol = TQMAX( leftCol, columnAt( contentsX() ) );
|
|
|
|
int ra = rowAt( contentsY() + visibleHeight() );
|
|
|
|
if ( ra != -1 )
|
|
|
|
bottomRow = TQMIN( bottomRow, ra );
|
|
|
|
int ca = columnAt( contentsX() + visibleWidth() );
|
|
|
|
if ( ca != -1 )
|
|
|
|
rightCol = TQMIN( rightCol, ca );
|
|
|
|
optimize = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
TQRect rect;
|
|
|
|
for ( int r = topRow; r <= bottomRow; ++r ) {
|
|
|
|
for ( int c = leftCol; c <= rightCol; ++c ) {
|
|
|
|
rect = rect.unite( cellGeometry( r, c ) );
|
|
|
|
TQTableItem *i = item( r, c );
|
|
|
|
if ( i && ( i->rowSpan() > 1 || i->colSpan() > 1 ) )
|
|
|
|
optimize = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return rect;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
This function is called to activate the next cell if in-place
|
|
|
|
editing was finished by pressing the Enter key.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The default behaviour is to move from top to bottom, i.e. move to
|
|
|
|
the cell beneath the cell being edited. Reimplement this function
|
|
|
|
if you want different behaviour, e.g. moving from left to right.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::activateNextCell()
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
int firstRow = 0;
|
|
|
|
while ( d->hiddenRows.find( firstRow ) )
|
|
|
|
firstRow++;
|
|
|
|
int firstCol = 0;
|
|
|
|
while ( d->hiddenCols.find( firstCol ) )
|
|
|
|
firstCol++;
|
|
|
|
int nextRow = curRow;
|
|
|
|
int nextCol = curCol;
|
|
|
|
while ( d->hiddenRows.find( ++nextRow ) );
|
|
|
|
if ( nextRow >= numRows() ) {
|
|
|
|
nextRow = firstRow;
|
|
|
|
while ( d->hiddenCols.find( ++nextCol ) );
|
|
|
|
if ( nextCol >= numCols() )
|
|
|
|
nextCol = firstCol;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( !currentSel || !currentSel->isActive() ||
|
|
|
|
( currentSel->leftCol() == currentSel->rightCol() &&
|
|
|
|
currentSel->topRow() == currentSel->bottomRow() ) ) {
|
|
|
|
clearSelection();
|
|
|
|
setCurrentCell( nextRow, nextCol );
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
if ( curRow < currentSel->bottomRow() )
|
|
|
|
setCurrentCell( nextRow, curCol );
|
|
|
|
else if ( curCol < currentSel->rightCol() )
|
|
|
|
setCurrentCell( currentSel->topRow(), nextCol );
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
setCurrentCell( currentSel->topRow(), currentSel->leftCol() );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*! \internal
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::fixRow( int &row, int y )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( row == -1 ) {
|
|
|
|
if ( y < 0 )
|
|
|
|
row = 0;
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
row = numRows() - 1;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*! \internal
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::fixCol( int &col, int x )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( col == -1 ) {
|
|
|
|
if ( x < 0 )
|
|
|
|
col = 0;
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
col = numCols() - 1;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
struct SortableTableItem
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
TQTableItem *item;
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if defined(Q_C_CALLBACKS)
|
|
|
|
extern "C" {
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef Q_OS_TEMP
|
|
|
|
static int _cdecl cmpTableItems( const void *n1, const void *n2 )
|
|
|
|
#else
|
|
|
|
static int cmpTableItems( const void *n1, const void *n2 )
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( !n1 || !n2 )
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SortableTableItem *i1 = (SortableTableItem *)n1;
|
|
|
|
SortableTableItem *i2 = (SortableTableItem *)n2;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return i1->item->key().localeAwareCompare( i2->item->key() );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if defined(Q_C_CALLBACKS)
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Sorts column \a col. If \a ascending is TRUE the sort is in
|
|
|
|
ascending order, otherwise the sort is in descending order.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If \a wholeRows is TRUE, entire rows are sorted using swapRows();
|
|
|
|
otherwise only cells in the column are sorted using swapCells().
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note that if you are not using TQTableItems you will need to
|
|
|
|
reimplement swapRows() and swapCells(). (See the notes on large
|
|
|
|
tables.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa swapRows()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::sortColumn( int col, bool ascending, bool wholeRows )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
int filledRows = 0, i;
|
|
|
|
for ( i = 0; i < numRows(); ++i ) {
|
|
|
|
TQTableItem *itm = item( i, col );
|
|
|
|
if ( itm )
|
|
|
|
filledRows++;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( !filledRows )
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SortableTableItem *items = new SortableTableItem[ filledRows ];
|
|
|
|
int j = 0;
|
|
|
|
for ( i = 0; i < numRows(); ++i ) {
|
|
|
|
TQTableItem *itm = item( i, col );
|
|
|
|
if ( !itm )
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
items[ j++ ].item = itm;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
qsort( items, filledRows, sizeof( SortableTableItem ), cmpTableItems );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool updatesEnabled = isUpdatesEnabled();
|
|
|
|
setUpdatesEnabled( FALSE );
|
|
|
|
for ( i = 0; i < numRows(); ++i ) {
|
|
|
|
if ( i < filledRows ) {
|
|
|
|
if ( ascending ) {
|
|
|
|
if ( items[ i ].item->row() == i )
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
if ( wholeRows )
|
|
|
|
swapRows( items[ i ].item->row(), i );
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
swapCells( items[ i ].item->row(), col, i, col );
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
if ( items[ i ].item->row() == filledRows - i - 1 )
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
if ( wholeRows )
|
|
|
|
swapRows( items[ i ].item->row(), filledRows - i - 1 );
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
swapCells( items[ i ].item->row(), col,
|
|
|
|
filledRows - i - 1, col );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
setUpdatesEnabled( updatesEnabled );
|
|
|
|
if ( topHeader )
|
|
|
|
topHeader->setSortIndicator( col, ascending ? TQt::Ascending : TQt::Descending );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( !wholeRows )
|
|
|
|
repaintContents( columnPos( col ), contentsY(),
|
|
|
|
columnWidth( col ), visibleHeight(), FALSE );
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
repaintContents( contentsX(), contentsY(),
|
|
|
|
visibleWidth(), visibleHeight(), FALSE );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
delete [] items;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Hides row \a row.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa showRow() hideColumn()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::hideRow( int row )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( d->hiddenRows.find( row ) )
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
d->hiddenRows.replace( row, new int( leftHeader->sectionSize( row ) ) );
|
|
|
|
leftHeader->resizeSection( row, 0 );
|
|
|
|
leftHeader->setResizeEnabled( FALSE, row );
|
|
|
|
if ( isRowStretchable(row) )
|
|
|
|
leftHeader->numStretches--;
|
|
|
|
rowHeightChanged( row );
|
|
|
|
if ( curRow == row ) {
|
|
|
|
int r = curRow;
|
|
|
|
int c = curCol;
|
|
|
|
int k = ( r >= numRows() - 1 ? Key_Up : Key_Down );
|
|
|
|
fixCell( r, c, k );
|
|
|
|
if ( numRows() > 0 )
|
|
|
|
setCurrentCell( r, c );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Hides column \a col.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa showColumn() hideRow()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::hideColumn( int col )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( !numCols() || d->hiddenCols.find( col ) )
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
d->hiddenCols.replace( col, new int( topHeader->sectionSize( col ) ) );
|
|
|
|
topHeader->resizeSection( col, 0 );
|
|
|
|
topHeader->setResizeEnabled( FALSE, col );
|
|
|
|
if ( isColumnStretchable(col) )
|
|
|
|
topHeader->numStretches--;
|
|
|
|
columnWidthChanged( col );
|
|
|
|
if ( curCol == col ) {
|
|
|
|
int r = curRow;
|
|
|
|
int c = curCol;
|
|
|
|
int k = ( c >= numCols() - 1 ? Key_Left : Key_Right );
|
|
|
|
fixCell( r, c, k );
|
|
|
|
if ( numCols() > 0 )
|
|
|
|
setCurrentCell( r, c );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Shows row \a row.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa hideRow() showColumn()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::showRow( int row )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
int *h = d->hiddenRows.find( row );
|
|
|
|
if ( h ) {
|
|
|
|
int rh = *h;
|
|
|
|
d->hiddenRows.remove( row );
|
|
|
|
setRowHeight( row, rh );
|
|
|
|
if ( isRowStretchable(row) )
|
|
|
|
leftHeader->numStretches++;
|
|
|
|
} else if ( rowHeight( row ) == 0 ) {
|
|
|
|
setRowHeight( row, 20 );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
leftHeader->setResizeEnabled( TRUE, row );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Shows column \a col.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa hideColumn() showRow()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::showColumn( int col )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
int *w = d->hiddenCols.find( col );
|
|
|
|
if ( w ) {
|
|
|
|
int cw = *w;
|
|
|
|
d->hiddenCols.remove( col );
|
|
|
|
setColumnWidth( col, cw );
|
|
|
|
if ( isColumnStretchable( col ) )
|
|
|
|
topHeader->numStretches++;
|
|
|
|
} else if ( columnWidth( col ) == 0 ) {
|
|
|
|
setColumnWidth( col, 20 );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
topHeader->setResizeEnabled( TRUE, col );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Returns TRUE if row \a row is hidden; otherwise returns
|
|
|
|
FALSE.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa hideRow(), isColumnHidden()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool TQTable::isRowHidden( int row ) const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return d->hiddenRows.find( row );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Returns TRUE if column \a col is hidden; otherwise returns
|
|
|
|
FALSE.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa hideColumn(), isRowHidden()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool TQTable::isColumnHidden( int col ) const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return d->hiddenCols.find( col );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Resizes column \a col to be \a w pixels wide.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa columnWidth() setRowHeight()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::setColumnWidth( int col, int w )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
int *ow = d->hiddenCols.find( col );
|
|
|
|
if ( ow ) {
|
|
|
|
d->hiddenCols.replace( col, new int( w ) );
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
topHeader->resizeSection( col, w );
|
|
|
|
columnWidthChanged( col );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Resizes row \a row to be \a h pixels high.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa rowHeight() setColumnWidth()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::setRowHeight( int row, int h )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
int *oh = d->hiddenRows.find( row );
|
|
|
|
if ( oh ) {
|
|
|
|
d->hiddenRows.replace( row, new int( h ) );
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
leftHeader->resizeSection( row, h );
|
|
|
|
rowHeightChanged( row );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Resizes column \a col so that the column width is wide enough to
|
|
|
|
display the widest item the column contains.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa adjustRow()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::adjustColumn( int col )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
int w;
|
|
|
|
if ( currentColumn() == col ) {
|
|
|
|
TQFont f = font();
|
|
|
|
f.setBold(true);
|
|
|
|
w = topHeader->sectionSizeHint( col, TQFontMetrics(f) ).width();
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
w = topHeader->sectionSizeHint( col, fontMetrics() ).width();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( topHeader->iconSet( col ) )
|
|
|
|
w += topHeader->iconSet( col )->pixmap().width();
|
|
|
|
w = TQMAX( w, 20 );
|
|
|
|
for ( int i = 0; i < numRows(); ++i ) {
|
|
|
|
TQTableItem *itm = item( i, col );
|
|
|
|
if ( !itm ) {
|
|
|
|
TQWidget *widget = cellWidget( i, col );
|
|
|
|
if ( widget )
|
|
|
|
w = TQMAX( w, widget->sizeHint().width() );
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
if ( itm->colSpan() > 1 )
|
|
|
|
w = TQMAX( w, itm->sizeHint().width() / itm->colSpan() );
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
w = TQMAX( w, itm->sizeHint().width() );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
w = TQMAX( w, TQApplication::globalStrut().width() );
|
|
|
|
setColumnWidth( col, w );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Resizes row \a row so that the row height is tall enough to
|
|
|
|
display the tallest item the row contains.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa adjustColumn()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::adjustRow( int row )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
int h = 20;
|
|
|
|
h = TQMAX( h, leftHeader->sectionSizeHint( row, leftHeader->fontMetrics() ).height() );
|
|
|
|
if ( leftHeader->iconSet( row ) )
|
|
|
|
h = TQMAX( h, leftHeader->iconSet( row )->pixmap().height() );
|
|
|
|
for ( int i = 0; i < numCols(); ++i ) {
|
|
|
|
TQTableItem *itm = item( row, i );
|
|
|
|
if ( !itm ) {
|
|
|
|
TQWidget *widget = cellWidget( row, i );
|
|
|
|
if ( widget )
|
|
|
|
h = TQMAX( h, widget->sizeHint().height() );
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
if ( itm->rowSpan() > 1 )
|
|
|
|
h = TQMAX( h, itm->sizeHint().height() / itm->rowSpan() );
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
h = TQMAX( h, itm->sizeHint().height() );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
h = TQMAX( h, TQApplication::globalStrut().height() );
|
|
|
|
setRowHeight( row, h );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
If \a stretch is TRUE, column \a col is set to be stretchable;
|
|
|
|
otherwise column \a col is set to be unstretchable.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If the table widget's width decreases or increases stretchable
|
|
|
|
columns will grow narrower or wider to fit the space available as
|
|
|
|
completely as possible. The user cannot manually resize stretchable
|
|
|
|
columns.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa isColumnStretchable() setRowStretchable() adjustColumn()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::setColumnStretchable( int col, bool stretch )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
topHeader->setSectionStretchable( col, stretch );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( stretch && d->hiddenCols.find(col) )
|
|
|
|
topHeader->numStretches--;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
If \a stretch is TRUE, row \a row is set to be stretchable;
|
|
|
|
otherwise row \a row is set to be unstretchable.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If the table widget's height decreases or increases stretchable
|
|
|
|
rows will grow shorter or taller to fit the space available as
|
|
|
|
completely as possible. The user cannot manually resize
|
|
|
|
stretchable rows.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa isRowStretchable() setColumnStretchable()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::setRowStretchable( int row, bool stretch )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
leftHeader->setSectionStretchable( row, stretch );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( stretch && d->hiddenRows.find(row) )
|
|
|
|
leftHeader->numStretches--;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Returns TRUE if column \a col is stretchable; otherwise returns
|
|
|
|
FALSE.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa setColumnStretchable() isRowStretchable()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool TQTable::isColumnStretchable( int col ) const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return topHeader->isSectionStretchable( col );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Returns TRUE if row \a row is stretchable; otherwise returns
|
|
|
|
FALSE.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa setRowStretchable() isColumnStretchable()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool TQTable::isRowStretchable( int row ) const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return leftHeader->isSectionStretchable( row );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Takes the table item \a i out of the table. This function does \e
|
|
|
|
not delete the table item. You must either delete the table item
|
|
|
|
yourself or put it into a table (using setItem()) which will then
|
|
|
|
take ownership of it.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Use this function if you want to move an item from one cell in a
|
|
|
|
table to another, or to move an item from one table to another,
|
|
|
|
reinserting the item with setItem().
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you want to exchange two cells use swapCells().
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::takeItem( TQTableItem *i )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( !i )
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
TQRect rect = cellGeometry( i->row(), i->col() );
|
|
|
|
contents.setAutoDelete( FALSE );
|
|
|
|
int bottom = i->row() + i->rowSpan();
|
|
|
|
if ( bottom > numRows() )
|
|
|
|
bottom = numRows();
|
|
|
|
int right = i->col() + i->colSpan();
|
|
|
|
if ( right > numCols() )
|
|
|
|
right = numCols();
|
|
|
|
for ( int r = i->row(); r < bottom; ++r ) {
|
|
|
|
for ( int c = i->col(); c < right; ++c )
|
|
|
|
contents.remove( indexOf( r, c ) );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
contents.setAutoDelete( TRUE );
|
|
|
|
repaintContents( rect, FALSE );
|
|
|
|
int orow = i->row();
|
|
|
|
int ocol = i->col();
|
|
|
|
i->setRow( -1 );
|
|
|
|
i->setCol( -1 );
|
|
|
|
i->updateEditor( orow, ocol );
|
|
|
|
i->t = 0;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Sets the widget \a e to the cell at \a row, \a col and takes care of
|
|
|
|
placing and resizing the widget when the cell geometry changes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By default widgets are inserted into a vector with numRows() *
|
|
|
|
numCols() elements. In very large tables you will probably want to
|
|
|
|
store the widgets in a data structure that consumes less memory (see
|
|
|
|
the notes on large tables). To support the use of your own data
|
|
|
|
structure this function calls insertWidget() to add the widget to
|
|
|
|
the internal data structure. To use your own data structure
|
|
|
|
reimplement insertWidget(), cellWidget() and clearCellWidget().
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cell widgets are created dynamically with the \c new operator. The
|
|
|
|
cell widgets are destroyed automatically once the table is
|
|
|
|
destroyed; the table takes ownership of the widget when using
|
|
|
|
setCellWidget.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::setCellWidget( int row, int col, TQWidget *e )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( !e || row >= numRows() || col >= numCols() )
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQWidget *w = cellWidget( row, col );
|
|
|
|
if ( w && row == editRow && col == editCol )
|
|
|
|
endEdit( editRow, editCol, FALSE, edMode != Editing );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
e->installEventFilter( this );
|
|
|
|
clearCellWidget( row, col );
|
|
|
|
if ( e->parent() != viewport() )
|
|
|
|
e->reparent( viewport(), TQPoint( 0,0 ) );
|
|
|
|
TQTableItem *itm = item(row, col);
|
|
|
|
if (itm && itm->row() >= 0 && itm->col() >= 0) { // get the correct row and col if the item is spanning
|
|
|
|
row = itm->row();
|
|
|
|
col = itm->col();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
insertWidget( row, col, e );
|
|
|
|
TQRect cr = cellGeometry( row, col );
|
|
|
|
e->resize( cr.size() );
|
|
|
|
moveChild( e, cr.x(), cr.y() );
|
|
|
|
e->show();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Inserts widget \a w at \a row, \a col into the internal
|
|
|
|
data structure. See the documentation of setCellWidget() for
|
|
|
|
further details.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you don't use \l{TQTableItem}s you may need to reimplement this
|
|
|
|
function: see the notes on large tables.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::insertWidget( int row, int col, TQWidget *w )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( row < 0 || col < 0 || row > numRows() - 1 || col > numCols() - 1 )
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( (int)widgets.size() != numRows() * numCols() )
|
|
|
|
widgets.resize( numRows() * numCols() );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
widgets.insert( indexOf( row, col ), w );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Returns the widget that has been set for the cell at \a row, \a
|
|
|
|
col, or 0 if no widget has been set.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you don't use \l{TQTableItem}s you may need to reimplement this
|
|
|
|
function: see the notes on large tables.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa clearCellWidget() setCellWidget()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQWidget *TQTable::cellWidget( int row, int col ) const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( row < 0 || col < 0 || row > numRows() - 1 || col > numCols() - 1 )
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( (int)widgets.size() != numRows() * numCols() )
|
|
|
|
( (TQTable*)this )->widgets.resize( numRows() * numCols() );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return widgets[ indexOf( row, col ) ];
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Removes the widget (if there is one) set for the cell at \a row,
|
|
|
|
\a col.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you don't use \l{TQTableItem}s you may need to reimplement this
|
|
|
|
function: see the notes on large tables.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This function deletes the widget at \a row, \a col. Note that the
|
|
|
|
widget is not deleted immediately; instead TQObject::deleteLater()
|
|
|
|
is called on the widget to avoid problems with timing issues.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa cellWidget() setCellWidget()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::clearCellWidget( int row, int col )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( row < 0 || col < 0 || row > numRows() - 1 || col > numCols() - 1 )
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( (int)widgets.size() != numRows() * numCols() )
|
|
|
|
widgets.resize( numRows() * numCols() );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQWidget *w = cellWidget( row, col );
|
|
|
|
if ( w ) {
|
|
|
|
w->removeEventFilter( this );
|
|
|
|
w->deleteLater();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
widgets.setAutoDelete( FALSE );
|
|
|
|
widgets.remove( indexOf( row, col ) );
|
|
|
|
widgets.setAutoDelete( TRUE );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\fn void TQTable::dropped ( TQDropEvent * e )
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This signal is emitted when a drop event occurred on the table.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\a e contains information about the drop.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
If \a b is TRUE, the table starts a drag (see dragObject()) when
|
|
|
|
the user presses and moves the mouse on a selected cell.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::setDragEnabled( bool b )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
dEnabled = b;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
If this function returns TRUE, the table supports dragging.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa setDragEnabled();
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool TQTable::dragEnabled() const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return dEnabled;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Inserts \a count empty rows at row \a row. Also clears the selection(s).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa insertColumns() removeRow()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::insertRows( int row, int count )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
// special case, so a call like insertRow( currentRow(), 1 ) also
|
|
|
|
// works, when we have 0 rows and currentRow() is -1
|
|
|
|
if ( row == -1 && curRow == -1 )
|
|
|
|
row = 0;
|
|
|
|
if ( row < 0 || count <= 0 )
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( curRow >= row && curRow < row + count )
|
|
|
|
curRow = row + count;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
--row;
|
|
|
|
if ( row >= numRows() )
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool updatesEnabled = isUpdatesEnabled();
|
|
|
|
setUpdatesEnabled( FALSE );
|
|
|
|
bool leftHeaderUpdatesEnabled = leftHeader->isUpdatesEnabled();
|
|
|
|
leftHeader->setUpdatesEnabled( FALSE );
|
|
|
|
int oldLeftMargin = leftMargin();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
setNumRows( numRows() + count );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for ( int i = numRows() - count - 1; i > row; --i )
|
|
|
|
leftHeader->swapSections( i, i + count );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
leftHeader->setUpdatesEnabled( leftHeaderUpdatesEnabled );
|
|
|
|
setUpdatesEnabled( updatesEnabled );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int cr = TQMAX( 0, currentRow() );
|
|
|
|
int cc = TQMAX( 0, currentColumn() );
|
|
|
|
if ( curRow > row )
|
|
|
|
curRow -= count; // this is where curRow was
|
|
|
|
setCurrentCell( cr, cc, TRUE, FALSE ); // without ensureCellVisible
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Repaint the header
|
|
|
|
if ( leftHeaderUpdatesEnabled ) {
|
|
|
|
int y = rowPos( row ) - contentsY();
|
|
|
|
if ( leftMargin() != oldLeftMargin || d->hasRowSpan )
|
|
|
|
y = 0; // full repaint
|
|
|
|
TQRect rect( 0, y, leftHeader->width(), contentsHeight() );
|
|
|
|
leftHeader->update( rect );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( updatesEnabled ) {
|
|
|
|
int p = rowPos( row );
|
|
|
|
if ( d->hasRowSpan )
|
|
|
|
p = contentsY();
|
|
|
|
updateContents( contentsX(), p, visibleWidth(), contentsHeight() + 1 );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Inserts \a count empty columns at column \a col. Also clears the selection(s).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa insertRows() removeColumn()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::insertColumns( int col, int count )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
// see comment in insertRows()
|
|
|
|
if ( col == -1 && curCol == -1 )
|
|
|
|
col = 0;
|
|
|
|
if ( col < 0 || count <= 0 )
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( curCol >= col && curCol < col + count )
|
|
|
|
curCol = col + count;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
--col;
|
|
|
|
if ( col >= numCols() )
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool updatesEnabled = isUpdatesEnabled();
|
|
|
|
setUpdatesEnabled( FALSE );
|
|
|
|
bool topHeaderUpdatesEnabled = topHeader->isUpdatesEnabled();
|
|
|
|
topHeader->setUpdatesEnabled( FALSE );
|
|
|
|
int oldTopMargin = topMargin();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
setNumCols( numCols() + count );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for ( int i = numCols() - count - 1; i > col; --i )
|
|
|
|
topHeader->swapSections( i, i + count );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
topHeader->setUpdatesEnabled( topHeaderUpdatesEnabled );
|
|
|
|
setUpdatesEnabled( updatesEnabled );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int cr = TQMAX( 0, currentRow() );
|
|
|
|
int cc = TQMAX( 0, currentColumn() );
|
|
|
|
if ( curCol > col )
|
|
|
|
curCol -= count; // this is where curCol was
|
|
|
|
setCurrentCell( cr, cc, TRUE, FALSE ); // without ensureCellVisible
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Repaint the header
|
|
|
|
if ( topHeaderUpdatesEnabled ) {
|
|
|
|
int x = columnPos( col ) - contentsX();
|
|
|
|
if ( topMargin() != oldTopMargin || d->hasColSpan )
|
|
|
|
x = 0; // full repaint
|
|
|
|
TQRect rect( x, 0, contentsWidth(), topHeader->height() );
|
|
|
|
topHeader->update( rect );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( updatesEnabled ) {
|
|
|
|
int p = columnPos( col );
|
|
|
|
if ( d->hasColSpan )
|
|
|
|
p = contentsX();
|
|
|
|
updateContents( p, contentsY(), contentsWidth() + 1, visibleHeight() );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Removes row \a row, and deletes all its cells including any table
|
|
|
|
items and widgets the cells may contain. Also clears the selection(s).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa hideRow() insertRows() removeColumn() removeRows()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::removeRow( int row )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( row < 0 || row >= numRows() )
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
if ( row < numRows() - 1 ) {
|
|
|
|
if (d->hiddenRows.find(row))
|
|
|
|
d->hiddenRows.remove(row);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for ( int i = row; i < numRows() - 1; ++i )
|
|
|
|
( (TQTableHeader*)verticalHeader() )->swapSections( i, i + 1 );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
setNumRows( numRows() - 1 );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Removes the rows listed in the array \a rows, and deletes all their
|
|
|
|
cells including any table items and widgets the cells may contain.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The array passed in must only contain valid rows (in the range
|
|
|
|
from 0 to numRows() - 1) with no duplicates, and must be sorted in
|
|
|
|
ascending order. Also clears the selection(s).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa removeRow() insertRows() removeColumns()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::removeRows( const TQMemArray<int> &rows )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( rows.count() == 0 )
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
for ( i = 0; i < (int)rows.count() - 1; ++i ) {
|
|
|
|
for ( int j = rows[i] - i; j < rows[i + 1] - i - 1; j++ ) {
|
|
|
|
( (TQTableHeader*)verticalHeader() )->swapSections( j, j + i + 1 );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for ( int j = rows[i] - i; j < numRows() - (int)rows.size(); j++)
|
|
|
|
( (TQTableHeader*)verticalHeader() )->swapSections( j, j + rows.count() );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
setNumRows( numRows() - rows.count() );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Removes column \a col, and deletes all its cells including any
|
|
|
|
table items and widgets the cells may contain. Also clears the
|
|
|
|
selection(s).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa removeColumns() hideColumn() insertColumns() removeRow()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::removeColumn( int col )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( col < 0 || col >= numCols() )
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
if ( col < numCols() - 1 ) {
|
|
|
|
if (d->hiddenCols.find(col))
|
|
|
|
d->hiddenCols.remove(col);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for ( int i = col; i < numCols() - 1; ++i )
|
|
|
|
( (TQTableHeader*)horizontalHeader() )->swapSections( i, i + 1 );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
setNumCols( numCols() - 1 );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Removes the columns listed in the array \a cols, and deletes all
|
|
|
|
their cells including any table items and widgets the cells may
|
|
|
|
contain.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The array passed in must only contain valid columns (in the range
|
|
|
|
from 0 to numCols() - 1) with no duplicates, and must be sorted in
|
|
|
|
ascending order. Also clears the selection(s).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa removeColumn() insertColumns() removeRows()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::removeColumns( const TQMemArray<int> &cols )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( cols.count() == 0 )
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
for ( i = 0; i < (int)cols.count() - 1; ++i ) {
|
|
|
|
for ( int j = cols[i] - i; j < cols[i + 1] - i - 1; j++ ) {
|
|
|
|
( (TQTableHeader*)horizontalHeader() )->swapSections( j, j + i + 1 );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for ( int j = cols[i] - i; j < numCols() - (int)cols.size(); j++)
|
|
|
|
( (TQTableHeader*)horizontalHeader() )->swapSections( j, j + cols.count() );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
setNumCols( numCols() - cols.count() );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Starts editing the cell at \a row, \a col.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If \a replace is TRUE the content of this cell will be replaced by
|
|
|
|
the content of the editor when editing is finished, i.e. the user
|
|
|
|
will be entering new data; otherwise the current content of the
|
|
|
|
cell (if any) will be modified in the editor.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa beginEdit()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::editCell( int row, int col, bool replace )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( row < 0 || col < 0 || row > numRows() - 1 || col > numCols() - 1 )
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( beginEdit( row, col, replace ) ) {
|
|
|
|
edMode = Editing;
|
|
|
|
editRow = row;
|
|
|
|
editCol = col;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifndef QT_NO_DRAGANDDROP
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
This event handler is called whenever a TQTable object receives a
|
|
|
|
\l TQDragEnterEvent \a e, i.e. when the user pressed the mouse
|
|
|
|
button to drag something.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The focus is moved to the cell where the TQDragEnterEvent occurred.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::contentsDragEnterEvent( TQDragEnterEvent *e )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
oldCurrentRow = curRow;
|
|
|
|
oldCurrentCol = curCol;
|
|
|
|
int tmpRow = rowAt( e->pos().y() );
|
|
|
|
int tmpCol = columnAt( e->pos().x() );
|
|
|
|
fixRow( tmpRow, e->pos().y() );
|
|
|
|
fixCol( tmpCol, e->pos().x() );
|
|
|
|
if (e->source() != (TQObject*)cellWidget( currentRow(), currentColumn() ) )
|
|
|
|
setCurrentCell( tmpRow, tmpCol, FALSE, TRUE );
|
|
|
|
e->accept();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
This event handler is called whenever a TQTable object receives a
|
|
|
|
\l TQDragMoveEvent \a e, i.e. when the user actually drags the
|
|
|
|
mouse.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The focus is moved to the cell where the TQDragMoveEvent occurred.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::contentsDragMoveEvent( TQDragMoveEvent *e )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
int tmpRow = rowAt( e->pos().y() );
|
|
|
|
int tmpCol = columnAt( e->pos().x() );
|
|
|
|
fixRow( tmpRow, e->pos().y() );
|
|
|
|
fixCol( tmpCol, e->pos().x() );
|
|
|
|
if (e->source() != (TQObject*)cellWidget( currentRow(), currentColumn() ) )
|
|
|
|
setCurrentCell( tmpRow, tmpCol, FALSE, TRUE );
|
|
|
|
e->accept();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
This event handler is called when a drag activity leaves \e this
|
|
|
|
TQTable object with event \a e.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::contentsDragLeaveEvent( TQDragLeaveEvent * )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
setCurrentCell( oldCurrentRow, oldCurrentCol, FALSE, TRUE );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
This event handler is called when the user ends a drag and drop by
|
|
|
|
dropping something onto \e this TQTable and thus triggers the drop
|
|
|
|
event, \a e.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::contentsDropEvent( TQDropEvent *e )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
setCurrentCell( oldCurrentRow, oldCurrentCol, FALSE, TRUE );
|
|
|
|
emit dropped( e );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
If the user presses the mouse on a selected cell, starts moving
|
|
|
|
(i.e. dragging), and dragEnabled() is TRUE, this function is
|
|
|
|
called to obtain a drag object. A drag using this object begins
|
|
|
|
immediately unless dragObject() returns 0.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By default this function returns 0. You might reimplement it and
|
|
|
|
create a TQDragObject depending on the selected items.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa dropped()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQDragObject *TQTable::dragObject()
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Starts a drag.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Usually you don't need to call or reimplement this function yourself.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa dragObject();
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::startDrag()
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( startDragRow == -1 || startDragCol == -1 )
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
startDragRow = startDragCol = -1;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQDragObject *drag = dragObject();
|
|
|
|
if ( !drag )
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
drag->drag();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*! \reimp */
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::windowActivationChange( bool oldActive )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( oldActive && autoScrollTimer )
|
|
|
|
autoScrollTimer->stop();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( !isVisible() )
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( palette().active() != palette().inactive() )
|
|
|
|
updateContents();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*! \reimp */
|
|
|
|
void TQTable::setEnabled( bool b )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( !b ) {
|
|
|
|
// editor will lose focus, causing a crash deep in setEnabled(),
|
|
|
|
// so we'll end the edit early.
|
|
|
|
endEdit( editRow, editCol, TRUE, edMode != Editing );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
TQScrollView::setEnabled(b);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
\class TQTableHeader
|
|
|
|
\brief The TQTableHeader class allows for creation and manipulation
|
|
|
|
of table headers.
|
|
|
|
\if defined(commercial)
|
|
|
|
It is part of the <a href="commercialeditions.html">TQt Enterprise Edition</a>.
|
|
|
|
\endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\ingroup advanced
|
|
|
|
\module table
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQTable uses this subclass of TQHeader for its headers. TQTable has a
|
|
|
|
horizontalHeader() for displaying column labels, and a
|
|
|
|
verticalHeader() for displaying row labels.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
\enum TQTableHeader::SectionState
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This enum type denotes the state of the header's text
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\value Normal the default
|
|
|
|
\value Bold
|
|
|
|
\value Selected typically represented by showing the section "sunken"
|
|
|
|
or "pressed in"
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Creates a new table header called \a name with \a i sections. It
|
|
|
|
is a child of widget \a parent and attached to table \a t.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQTableHeader::TQTableHeader( int i, TQTable *t,
|
|
|
|
TQWidget *parent, const char *name )
|
|
|
|
: TQHeader( i, parent, name ), mousePressed(FALSE), startPos(-1),
|
|
|
|
table( t ), caching( FALSE ), resizedSection(-1),
|
|
|
|
numStretches( 0 )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
setIsATableHeader( TRUE );
|
|
|
|
d = 0;
|
|
|
|
states.resize( i );
|
|
|
|
stretchable.resize( i );
|
|
|
|
states.fill( Normal, -1 );
|
|
|
|
stretchable.fill( FALSE, -1 );
|
|
|
|
autoScrollTimer = new TQTimer( this );
|
|
|
|
connect( autoScrollTimer, SIGNAL( timeout() ),
|
|
|
|
this, SLOT( doAutoScroll() ) );
|
|
|
|
#ifndef NO_LINE_WIDGET
|
|
|
|
line1 = new TQWidget( table->viewport(), "qt_line1" );
|
|
|
|
line1->hide();
|
|
|
|
line1->setBackgroundMode( PaletteText );
|
|
|
|
table->addChild( line1 );
|
|
|
|
line2 = new TQWidget( table->viewport(), "qt_line2" );
|
|
|
|
line2->hide();
|
|
|
|
line2->setBackgroundMode( PaletteText );
|
|
|
|
table->addChild( line2 );
|
|
|
|
#else
|
|
|
|
d = new TQTableHeaderPrivate;
|
|
|
|
d->oldLinePos = -1; //outside, in contents coords
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
connect( this, SIGNAL( sizeChange(int,int,int) ),
|
|
|
|
this, SLOT( sectionWidthChanged(int,int,int) ) );
|
|
|
|
connect( this, SIGNAL( indexChange(int,int,int) ),
|
|
|
|
this, SLOT( indexChanged(int,int,int) ) );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
stretchTimer = new TQTimer( this );
|
|
|
|
widgetStretchTimer = new TQTimer( this );
|
|
|
|
connect( stretchTimer, SIGNAL( timeout() ),
|
|
|
|
this, SLOT( updateStretches() ) );
|
|
|
|
connect( widgetStretchTimer, SIGNAL( timeout() ),
|
|
|
|
this, SLOT( updateWidgetStretches() ) );
|
|
|
|
startPos = -1;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Adds a new section, \a size pixels wide (or high for vertical
|
|
|
|
headers) with the label \a s. If \a size is negative the section's
|
|
|
|
size is calculated based on the width (or height) of the label's
|
|
|
|
text.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTableHeader::addLabel( const TQString &s , int size )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
TQHeader::addLabel( s, size );
|
|
|
|
if ( count() > (int)states.size() ) {
|
|
|
|
int s = states.size();
|
|
|
|
states.resize( count() );
|
|
|
|
stretchable.resize( count() );
|
|
|
|
for ( ; s < count(); ++s ) {
|
|
|
|
states[ s ] = Normal;
|
|
|
|
stretchable[ s ] = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTableHeader::removeLabel( int section )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
TQHeader::removeLabel( section );
|
|
|
|
if ( section == (int)states.size() - 1 ) {
|
|
|
|
states.resize( states.size() - 1 );
|
|
|
|
stretchable.resize( stretchable.size() - 1 );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTableHeader::resizeArrays( int n )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
int old = states.size();
|
|
|
|
states.resize( n );
|
|
|
|
stretchable.resize( n );
|
|
|
|
if ( n > old ) {
|
|
|
|
for ( int i = old; i < n; ++i ) {
|
|
|
|
stretchable[ i ] = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
states[ i ] = Normal;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTableHeader::setLabel( int section, const TQString & s, int size )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
TQHeader::setLabel( section, s, size );
|
|
|
|
sectionLabelChanged( section );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTableHeader::setLabel( int section, const TQIconSet & iconset,
|
|
|
|
const TQString & s, int size )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
TQHeader::setLabel( section, iconset, s, size );
|
|
|
|
sectionLabelChanged( section );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Sets the SectionState of section \a s to \a astate.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa sectionState()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTableHeader::setSectionState( int s, SectionState astate )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( s < 0 || s >= (int)states.count() )
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
if ( states.data()[ s ] == astate )
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
if ( isRowSelection( table->selectionMode() ) && orientation() == Horizontal )
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
states.data()[ s ] = astate;
|
|
|
|
if ( isUpdatesEnabled() ) {
|
|
|
|
if ( orientation() == Horizontal )
|
|
|
|
repaint( sectionPos( s ) - offset(), 0, sectionSize( s ), height(), FALSE );
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
repaint( 0, sectionPos( s ) - offset(), width(), sectionSize( s ), FALSE );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTableHeader::setSectionStateToAll( SectionState state )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( isRowSelection( table->selectionMode() ) && orientation() == Horizontal )
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
register int *d = (int *) states.data();
|
|
|
|
int n = count();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
while (n >= 4) {
|
|
|
|
d[0] = state;
|
|
|
|
d[1] = state;
|
|
|
|
d[2] = state;
|
|
|
|
d[3] = state;
|
|
|
|
d += 4;
|
|
|
|
n -= 4;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (n > 0) {
|
|
|
|
d[0] = state;
|
|
|
|
if (n > 1) {
|
|
|
|
d[1] = state;
|
|
|
|
if (n > 2) {
|
|
|
|
d[2] = state;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Returns the SectionState of section \a s.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa setSectionState()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQTableHeader::SectionState TQTableHeader::sectionState( int s ) const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return (s < 0 || s >= (int)states.count() ? Normal : (TQTableHeader::SectionState)states[s]);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*! \reimp
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTableHeader::paintEvent( TQPaintEvent *e )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
TQPainter p( this );
|
|
|
|
p.setPen( colorGroup().buttonText() );
|
|
|
|
int pos = orientation() == Horizontal
|
|
|
|
? e->rect().left()
|
|
|
|
: e->rect().top();
|
|
|
|
int id = mapToIndex( sectionAt( pos + offset() ) );
|
|
|
|
if ( id < 0 ) {
|
|
|
|
if ( pos > 0 )
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
id = 0;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQRegion reg = e->region();
|
|
|
|
for ( int i = id; i < count(); i++ ) {
|
|
|
|
TQRect r = sRect( i );
|
|
|
|
reg -= r;
|
|
|
|
p.save();
|
|
|
|
if ( !( orientation() == Horizontal && isRowSelection( table->selectionMode() ) ) &&
|
|
|
|
( sectionState( i ) == Bold || sectionState( i ) == Selected ) ) {
|
|
|
|
TQFont f( font() );
|
|
|
|
f.setBold( TRUE );
|
|
|
|
p.setFont( f );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
paintSection( &p, i, r );
|
|
|
|
p.restore();
|
|
|
|
if ( orientation() == Horizontal && r. right() >= e->rect().right() ||
|
|
|
|
orientation() == Vertical && r. bottom() >= e->rect().bottom() )
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( !reg.isEmpty() )
|
|
|
|
erase( reg );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\reimp
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Paints the header section with index \a index into the rectangular
|
|
|
|
region \a fr on the painter \a p.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTableHeader::paintSection( TQPainter *p, int index, const TQRect& fr )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
int section = mapToSection( index );
|
|
|
|
if ( section < 0 || cellSize( section ) <= 0 )
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( sectionState( index ) != Selected ||
|
|
|
|
orientation() == Horizontal && isRowSelection( table->selectionMode() ) ) {
|
|
|
|
TQHeader::paintSection( p, index, fr );
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
TQStyle::SFlags flags = TQStyle::Style_Off | ( orient == Horizontal ? TQStyle::Style_Horizontal : 0 );
|
|
|
|
if(isEnabled())
|
|
|
|
flags |= TQStyle::Style_Enabled;
|
|
|
|
if(isClickEnabled()) {
|
|
|
|
if(sectionState(index) == Selected) {
|
|
|
|
flags |= TQStyle::Style_Down;
|
|
|
|
if(!mousePressed)
|
|
|
|
flags |= TQStyle::Style_Sunken;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if(!(flags & TQStyle::Style_Down))
|
|
|
|
flags |= TQStyle::Style_Raised;
|
|
|
|
style().drawPrimitive( TQStyle::PE_HeaderSection, p, TQRect(fr.x(), fr.y(), fr.width(), fr.height()),
|
|
|
|
colorGroup(), flags );
|
|
|
|
paintSectionLabel( p, index, fr );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static int real_pos( const TQPoint &p, TQt::Orientation o )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( o == TQt::Horizontal )
|
|
|
|
return p.x();
|
|
|
|
return p.y();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*! \reimp
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTableHeader::mousePressEvent( TQMouseEvent *e )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( e->button() != LeftButton )
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
TQHeader::mousePressEvent( e );
|
|
|
|
mousePressed = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
pressPos = real_pos( e->pos(), orientation() );
|
|
|
|
if ( !table->currentSel || ( e->state() & ShiftButton ) != ShiftButton )
|
|
|
|
startPos = -1;
|
|
|
|
setCaching( TRUE );
|
|
|
|
resizedSection = -1;
|
|
|
|
#ifdef QT_NO_CURSOR
|
|
|
|
isResizing = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
#else
|
|
|
|
isResizing = cursor().shape() != ArrowCursor;
|
|
|
|
if ( !isResizing && sectionAt( pressPos ) != -1 )
|
|
|
|
doSelection( e );
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*! \reimp
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTableHeader::mouseMoveEvent( TQMouseEvent *e )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( (e->state() & MouseButtonMask) != LeftButton // Using LeftButton simulates old behavior.
|
|
|
|
#ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
|
|
|
|
|| cursor().shape() != ArrowCursor
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|| ( ( e->state() & ControlButton ) == ControlButton &&
|
|
|
|
( orientation() == Horizontal
|
|
|
|
? table->columnMovingEnabled() : table->rowMovingEnabled() ) ) ) {
|
|
|
|
TQHeader::mouseMoveEvent( e );
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( !doSelection( e ) )
|
|
|
|
TQHeader::mouseMoveEvent( e );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool TQTableHeader::doSelection( TQMouseEvent *e )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
int p = real_pos( e->pos(), orientation() ) + offset();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( isRowSelection( table->selectionMode() ) ) {
|
|
|
|
if ( orientation() == Horizontal )
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
|
if ( table->selectionMode() == TQTable::SingleRow ) {
|
|
|
|
int secAt = sectionAt( p );
|
|
|
|
if ( secAt == -1 )
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
|
table->setCurrentCell( secAt, table->currentColumn() );
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( startPos == -1 ) {
|
|
|
|
int secAt = sectionAt( p );
|
|
|
|
if ( ( e->state() & ControlButton ) != ControlButton &&
|
|
|
|
( e->state() & ShiftButton ) != ShiftButton ||
|
|
|
|
table->selectionMode() == TQTable::Single ||
|
|
|
|
table->selectionMode() == TQTable::SingleRow ) {
|
|
|
|
startPos = p;
|
|
|
|
bool b = table->signalsBlocked();
|
|
|
|
table->blockSignals( TRUE );
|
|
|
|
table->clearSelection();
|
|
|
|
table->blockSignals( b );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
saveStates();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( table->selectionMode() != TQTable::NoSelection ) {
|
|
|
|
startPos = p;
|
|
|
|
TQTableSelection *oldSelection = table->currentSel;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( orientation() == Vertical ) {
|
|
|
|
if ( !table->isRowSelected( secAt, TRUE ) ) {
|
|
|
|
table->currentSel = new TQTableSelection();
|
|
|
|
table->selections.append( table->currentSel );
|
|
|
|
table->currentSel->init( secAt, 0 );
|
|
|
|
table->currentSel->expandTo( secAt, table->numCols() - 1 );
|
|
|
|
emit table->selectionChanged();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
table->setCurrentCell( secAt, 0 );
|
|
|
|
} else { // orientation == Horizontal
|
|
|
|
if ( !table->isColumnSelected( secAt, TRUE ) ) {
|
|
|
|
table->currentSel = new TQTableSelection();
|
|
|
|
table->selections.append( table->currentSel );
|
|
|
|
table->currentSel->init( 0, secAt );
|
|
|
|
table->currentSel->expandTo( table->numRows() - 1, secAt );
|
|
|
|
emit table->selectionChanged();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
table->setCurrentCell( 0, secAt );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( orientation() == Horizontal && table->isColumnSelected(secAt) ||
|
|
|
|
orientation() == Vertical && table->isRowSelected(secAt)) {
|
|
|
|
setSectionState( secAt, Selected );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
table->repaintSelections( oldSelection, table->currentSel,
|
|
|
|
orientation() == Horizontal,
|
|
|
|
orientation() == Vertical );
|
|
|
|
if ( sectionAt( p ) != -1 )
|
|
|
|
endPos = p;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( sectionAt( p ) != -1 )
|
|
|
|
endPos = p;
|
|
|
|
if ( startPos != -1 ) {
|
|
|
|
updateSelections();
|
|
|
|
p -= offset();
|
|
|
|
if ( orientation() == Horizontal && ( p < 0 || p > width() ) ) {
|
|
|
|
doAutoScroll();
|
|
|
|
autoScrollTimer->start( 100, TRUE );
|
|
|
|
} else if ( orientation() == Vertical && ( p < 0 || p > height() ) ) {
|
|
|
|
doAutoScroll();
|
|
|
|
autoScrollTimer->start( 100, TRUE );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return table->selectionMode() == TQTable::NoSelection;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static inline bool mayOverwriteMargin( int before, int after )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
0 is the only user value that we always respect. We also never
|
|
|
|
shrink a margin, in case the user wanted it that way.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
return before != 0 && before < after;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTableHeader::sectionLabelChanged( int section )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
emit sectionSizeChanged( section );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// this does not really belong here
|
|
|
|
if ( orientation() == Horizontal ) {
|
|
|
|
int h = sizeHint().height();
|
|
|
|
if ( h != height() && mayOverwriteMargin(table->topMargin(), h) )
|
|
|
|
table->setTopMargin( h );
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
int w = sizeHint().width();
|
|
|
|
if ( w != width() && mayOverwriteMargin( ( TQApplication::reverseLayout() ? table->rightMargin() : table->leftMargin() ), w) )
|
|
|
|
table->setLeftMargin( w );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*! \reimp */
|
|
|
|
void TQTableHeader::mouseReleaseEvent( TQMouseEvent *e )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( e->button() != LeftButton )
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
autoScrollTimer->stop();
|
|
|
|
mousePressed = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
setCaching( FALSE );
|
|
|
|
TQHeader::mouseReleaseEvent( e );
|
|
|
|
#ifndef NO_LINE_WIDGET
|
|
|
|
line1->hide();
|
|
|
|
line2->hide();
|
|
|
|
#else
|
|
|
|
if ( d->oldLinePos >= 0 )
|
|
|
|
if ( orientation() == Horizontal )
|
|
|
|
table->updateContents( d->oldLinePos, table->contentsY(),
|
|
|
|
1, table->visibleHeight() );
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
table->updateContents( table->contentsX(), d->oldLinePos,
|
|
|
|
table->visibleWidth(), 1 );
|
|
|
|
d->oldLinePos = -1;
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
if ( resizedSection != -1 ) {
|
|
|
|
emit sectionSizeChanged( resizedSection );
|
|
|
|
updateStretches();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//Make sure all newly selected sections are painted one last time
|
|
|
|
TQRect selectedRects;
|
|
|
|
for ( int i = 0; i < count(); i++ ) {
|
|
|
|
if(sectionState( i ) == Selected)
|
|
|
|
selectedRects |= sRect( i );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if(!selectedRects.isNull())
|
|
|
|
repaint(selectedRects);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*! \reimp
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTableHeader::mouseDoubleClickEvent( TQMouseEvent *e )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( e->button() != LeftButton )
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
if ( isResizing ) {
|
|
|
|
int p = real_pos( e->pos(), orientation() ) + offset();
|
|
|
|
int section = sectionAt( p );
|
|
|
|
if ( section == -1 )
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
section--;
|
|
|
|
if ( p >= sectionPos( count() - 1 ) + sectionSize( count() - 1 ) )
|
|
|
|
++section;
|
|
|
|
while ( sectionSize( section ) == 0 )
|
|
|
|
section--;
|
|
|
|
if ( section < 0 )
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
int oldSize = sectionSize( section );
|
|
|
|
if ( orientation() == Horizontal ) {
|
|
|
|
table->adjustColumn( section );
|
|
|
|
int newSize = sectionSize( section );
|
|
|
|
if ( oldSize != newSize )
|
|
|
|
emit sizeChange( section, oldSize, newSize );
|
|
|
|
for ( int i = 0; i < table->numCols(); ++i ) {
|
|
|
|
if ( table->isColumnSelected( i ) && sectionSize( i ) != 0 )
|
|
|
|
table->adjustColumn( i );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
table->adjustRow( section );
|
|
|
|
int newSize = sectionSize( section );
|
|
|
|
if ( oldSize != newSize )
|
|
|
|
emit sizeChange( section, oldSize, newSize );
|
|
|
|
for ( int i = 0; i < table->numRows(); ++i ) {
|
|
|
|
if ( table->isRowSelected( i ) && sectionSize( i ) != 0 )
|
|
|
|
table->adjustRow( i );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*! \reimp
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTableHeader::resizeEvent( TQResizeEvent *e )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
stretchTimer->stop();
|
|
|
|
widgetStretchTimer->stop();
|
|
|
|
TQHeader::resizeEvent( e );
|
|
|
|
if ( numStretches == 0 )
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
stretchTimer->start( 0, TRUE );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTableHeader::updateStretches()
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( numStretches == 0 )
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int dim = orientation() == Horizontal ? width() : height();
|
|
|
|
if ( sectionPos(count() - 1) + sectionSize(count() - 1) == dim )
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
int pd = dim - ( sectionPos(count() - 1)
|
|
|
|
+ sectionSize(count() - 1) );
|
|
|
|
bool block = signalsBlocked();
|
|
|
|
blockSignals( TRUE );
|
|
|
|
for ( i = 0; i < (int)stretchable.count(); ++i ) {
|
|
|
|
if ( !stretchable[i] ||
|
|
|
|
( stretchable[i] && table->d->hiddenCols[i] ) )
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
pd += sectionSize( i );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
pd /= numStretches;
|
|
|
|
for ( i = 0; i < (int)stretchable.count(); ++i ) {
|
|
|
|
if ( !stretchable[i] ||
|
|
|
|
( stretchable[i] && table->d->hiddenCols[i] ) )
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
if ( i == (int)stretchable.count() - 1 &&
|
|
|
|
sectionPos( i ) + pd < dim )
|
|
|
|
pd = dim - sectionPos( i );
|
|
|
|
resizeSection( i, TQMAX( 20, pd ) );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
blockSignals( block );
|
|
|
|
table->repaintContents( FALSE );
|
|
|
|
widgetStretchTimer->start( 100, TRUE );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTableHeader::updateWidgetStretches()
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
TQSize s = table->tableSize();
|
|
|
|
table->resizeContents( s.width(), s.height() );
|
|
|
|
for ( int i = 0; i < table->numCols(); ++i )
|
|
|
|
table->updateColWidgets( i );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTableHeader::updateSelections()
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( table->selectionMode() == TQTable::NoSelection ||
|
|
|
|
(isRowSelection( table->selectionMode() ) && orientation() != Vertical ) )
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
int a = sectionAt( startPos );
|
|
|
|
int b = sectionAt( endPos );
|
|
|
|
int start = TQMIN( a, b );
|
|
|
|
int end = TQMAX( a, b );
|
|
|
|
register int *s = states.data();
|
|
|
|
for ( int i = 0; i < count(); ++i ) {
|
|
|
|
if ( i < start || i > end )
|
|
|
|
*s = oldStates.data()[ i ];
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
*s = Selected;
|
|
|
|
++s;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
repaint( FALSE );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (table->currentSel) {
|
|
|
|
TQTableSelection oldSelection = *table->currentSel;
|
|
|
|
if ( orientation() == Vertical )
|
|
|
|
table->currentSel->expandTo( b, table->horizontalHeader()->count() - 1 );
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
table->currentSel->expandTo( table->verticalHeader()->count() - 1, b );
|
|
|
|
table->repaintSelections( &oldSelection, table->currentSel,
|
|
|
|
orientation() == Horizontal,
|
|
|
|
orientation() == Vertical );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
emit table->selectionChanged();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTableHeader::saveStates()
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
oldStates.resize( count() );
|
|
|
|
register int *s = states.data();
|
|
|
|
register int *s2 = oldStates.data();
|
|
|
|
for ( int i = 0; i < count(); ++i ) {
|
|
|
|
*s2 = *s;
|
|
|
|
++s2;
|
|
|
|
++s;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTableHeader::doAutoScroll()
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
TQPoint pos = mapFromGlobal( TQCursor::pos() );
|
|
|
|
int p = real_pos( pos, orientation() ) + offset();
|
|
|
|
if ( sectionAt( p ) != -1 )
|
|
|
|
endPos = p;
|
|
|
|
if ( orientation() == Horizontal )
|
|
|
|
table->ensureVisible( endPos, table->contentsY() );
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
table->ensureVisible( table->contentsX(), endPos );
|
|
|
|
updateSelections();
|
|
|
|
autoScrollTimer->start( 100, TRUE );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTableHeader::sectionWidthChanged( int col, int, int )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
resizedSection = col;
|
|
|
|
if ( orientation() == Horizontal ) {
|
|
|
|
#ifndef NO_LINE_WIDGET
|
|
|
|
table->moveChild( line1, TQHeader::sectionPos( col ) - 1,
|
|
|
|
table->contentsY() );
|
|
|
|
line1->resize( 1, table->visibleHeight() );
|
|
|
|
line1->show();
|
|
|
|
line1->raise();
|
|
|
|
table->moveChild( line2,
|
|
|
|
TQHeader::sectionPos( col ) + TQHeader::sectionSize( col ) - 1,
|
|
|
|
table->contentsY() );
|
|
|
|
line2->resize( 1, table->visibleHeight() );
|
|
|
|
line2->show();
|
|
|
|
line2->raise();
|
|
|
|
#else
|
|
|
|
TQPainter p( table->viewport() );
|
|
|
|
int lx = TQHeader::sectionPos( col ) + TQHeader::sectionSize( col ) - 1;
|
|
|
|
int ly = table->contentsY();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( lx != d->oldLinePos ) {
|
|
|
|
TQPoint pt = table->contentsToViewport( TQPoint( lx, ly ) );
|
|
|
|
p.drawLine( pt.x(), pt.y()+1,
|
|
|
|
pt.x(), pt.y()+ table->visibleHeight() );
|
|
|
|
if ( d->oldLinePos >= 0 )
|
|
|
|
table->repaintContents( d->oldLinePos, table->contentsY(),
|
|
|
|
1, table->visibleHeight() );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
d->oldLinePos = lx;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
#ifndef NO_LINE_WIDGET
|
|
|
|
table->moveChild( line1, table->contentsX(),
|
|
|
|
TQHeader::sectionPos( col ) - 1 );
|
|
|
|
line1->resize( table->visibleWidth(), 1 );
|
|
|
|
line1->show();
|
|
|
|
line1->raise();
|
|
|
|
table->moveChild( line2, table->contentsX(),
|
|
|
|
TQHeader::sectionPos( col ) + TQHeader::sectionSize( col ) - 1 );
|
|
|
|
line2->resize( table->visibleWidth(), 1 );
|
|
|
|
line2->show();
|
|
|
|
line2->raise();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#else
|
|
|
|
TQPainter p( table->viewport() );
|
|
|
|
int lx = table->contentsX();
|
|
|
|
int ly = TQHeader::sectionPos( col ) + TQHeader::sectionSize( col ) - 1;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( ly != d->oldLinePos ) {
|
|
|
|
TQPoint pt = table->contentsToViewport( TQPoint( lx, ly ) );
|
|
|
|
p.drawLine( pt.x()+1, pt.y(),
|
|
|
|
pt.x() + table->visibleWidth(), pt.y() );
|
|
|
|
if ( d->oldLinePos >= 0 )
|
|
|
|
table->repaintContents( table->contentsX(), d->oldLinePos,
|
|
|
|
table->visibleWidth(), 1 );
|
|
|
|
d->oldLinePos = ly;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\reimp
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns the size of section \a section in pixels or -1 if \a
|
|
|
|
section is out of range.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int TQTableHeader::sectionSize( int section ) const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( count() <= 0 || section < 0 || section >= count() )
|
|
|
|
return -1;
|
|
|
|
if ( caching && section < (int)sectionSizes.count() )
|
|
|
|
return sectionSizes[ section ];
|
|
|
|
return TQHeader::sectionSize( section );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\reimp
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns the start position of section \a section in pixels or -1
|
|
|
|
if \a section is out of range.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa sectionAt()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int TQTableHeader::sectionPos( int section ) const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( count() <= 0 || section < 0 || section >= count() )
|
|
|
|
return -1;
|
|
|
|
if ( caching && section < (int)sectionPoses.count() )
|
|
|
|
return sectionPoses[ section ];
|
|
|
|
return TQHeader::sectionPos( section );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
\reimp
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns the number of the section at index position \a pos or -1
|
|
|
|
if there is no section at the position given.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa sectionPos()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int TQTableHeader::sectionAt( int pos ) const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( !caching || sectionSizes.count() <= 0 || sectionPoses.count() <= 0 )
|
|
|
|
return TQHeader::sectionAt( pos );
|
|
|
|
if ( count() <= 0 || pos > sectionPoses[ count() - 1 ] + sectionSizes[ count() - 1 ] )
|
|
|
|
return -1;
|
|
|
|
int l = 0;
|
|
|
|
int r = count() - 1;
|
|
|
|
int i = ( (l+r+1) / 2 );
|
|
|
|
while ( r - l ) {
|
|
|
|
if ( sectionPoses[i] > pos )
|
|
|
|
r = i -1;
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
l = i;
|
|
|
|
i = ( (l+r+1) / 2 );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( sectionPoses[i] <= pos &&
|
|
|
|
pos <= sectionPoses[i] + sectionSizes[ mapToSection( i ) ] )
|
|
|
|
return mapToSection( i );
|
|
|
|
return -1;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTableHeader::updateCache()
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
sectionPoses.resize( count() );
|
|
|
|
sectionSizes.resize( count() );
|
|
|
|
if ( !caching )
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
for ( int i = 0; i < count(); ++i ) {
|
|
|
|
sectionSizes[ i ] = TQHeader::sectionSize( i );
|
|
|
|
sectionPoses[ i ] = TQHeader::sectionPos( i );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTableHeader::setCaching( bool b )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( caching == b )
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
caching = b;
|
|
|
|
sectionPoses.resize( count() );
|
|
|
|
sectionSizes.resize( count() );
|
|
|
|
if ( b ) {
|
|
|
|
for ( int i = 0; i < count(); ++i ) {
|
|
|
|
sectionSizes[ i ] = TQHeader::sectionSize( i );
|
|
|
|
sectionPoses[ i ] = TQHeader::sectionPos( i );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
If \a b is TRUE, section \a s is stretchable; otherwise the
|
|
|
|
section is not stretchable.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa isSectionStretchable()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTableHeader::setSectionStretchable( int s, bool b )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ( stretchable[ s ] == b )
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
stretchable[ s ] = b;
|
|
|
|
if ( b )
|
|
|
|
numStretches++;
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
numStretches--;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
Returns TRUE if section \a s is stretcheable; otherwise returns
|
|
|
|
FALSE.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\sa setSectionStretchable()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool TQTableHeader::isSectionStretchable( int s ) const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return stretchable[ s ];
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTableHeader::swapSections( int oldIdx, int newIdx, bool swapTable )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
extern bool qt_qheader_label_return_null_strings; // qheader.cpp
|
|
|
|
qt_qheader_label_return_null_strings = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TQIconSet oldIconSet, newIconSet;
|
|
|
|
if ( iconSet( oldIdx ) )
|
|
|
|
oldIconSet = *iconSet( oldIdx );
|
|
|
|
if ( iconSet( newIdx ) )
|
|
|
|
newIconSet = *iconSet( newIdx );
|
|
|
|
TQString oldLabel = label( oldIdx );
|
|
|
|
TQString newLabel = label( newIdx );
|
|
|
|
bool sectionsHasContent = !(oldIconSet.isNull() && newIconSet.isNull()
|
|
|
|
&& oldLabel.isNull() && newLabel.isNull());
|
|
|
|
if (sectionsHasContent) {
|
|
|
|
setLabel( oldIdx, newIconSet, newLabel );
|
|
|
|
setLabel( newIdx, oldIconSet, oldLabel );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
qt_qheader_label_return_null_strings = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int w1 = sectionSize( oldIdx );
|
|
|
|
int w2 = sectionSize( newIdx );
|
|
|
|
if ( w1 != w2 ) {
|
|
|
|
resizeSection( oldIdx, w2 );
|
|
|
|
resizeSection( newIdx, w1 );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( !swapTable )
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
if ( orientation() == Horizontal )
|
|
|
|
table->swapColumns( oldIdx, newIdx );
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
table->swapRows( oldIdx, newIdx );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTableHeader::indexChanged( int sec, int oldIdx, int newIdx )
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
newIdx = mapToIndex( sec );
|
|
|
|
if ( oldIdx > newIdx )
|
|
|
|
moveSection( sec, oldIdx + 1 );
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
moveSection( sec, oldIdx );
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ( oldIdx < newIdx ) {
|
|
|
|
while ( oldIdx < newIdx ) {
|
|
|
|
swapSections( oldIdx, oldIdx + 1 );
|
|
|
|
oldIdx++;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
while ( oldIdx > newIdx ) {
|
|
|
|
swapSections( oldIdx - 1, oldIdx );
|
|
|
|
oldIdx--;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
table->repaintContents( table->contentsX(), table->contentsY(),
|
|
|
|
table->visibleWidth(), table->visibleHeight() );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void TQTableHeader::setLabels(const TQStringList & labels)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
int i = 0;
|
|
|
|
bool updates = isUpdatesEnabled();
|
|
|
|
const int c = TQMIN(count(), (int)labels.count());
|
|
|
|
setUpdatesEnabled(FALSE);
|
|
|
|
for ( TQStringList::ConstIterator it = labels.begin(); i < c; ++i, ++it ) {
|
|
|
|
if (i == c - 1) {
|
|
|
|
setUpdatesEnabled(updates);
|
|
|
|
setLabel( i, *it );
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
TQHeader::setLabel( i, *it );
|
|
|
|
emit sectionSizeChanged( i );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#include "qtable.moc"
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#endif // QT_NO_TABLE
|